[I18N] *: export pot files
And fetch matching translations
This commit is contained in:
Martin Trigaux
@@ -9,9 +9,9 @@
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,881 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Discuss"
|
||||
msgstr "Обговорення"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced"
|
||||
msgstr "Розширено"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..."
|
||||
msgstr "Якщо ви користувач Odoo Online чи Odoo.sh..."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your "
|
||||
"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Вам нічого не потрібно робити! **Odoo сама налаштовує поштові сервери вашої "
|
||||
"бази даних.** Вихідні та вхідні електронні листи працюють з коробки!"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the"
|
||||
" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Якшо ви не плануєте відправлення кампаній електронної пошти, що може "
|
||||
"вимагати використання зовнішнього поштового сервера, просто насолоджуйтесь "
|
||||
"новою базою даних Odoo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "Scope of this documentation"
|
||||
msgstr "Сфера застосування цієї документації"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't "
|
||||
"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, "
|
||||
"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Цей документ **в основному призначений для локальних користувачів Odoo**, "
|
||||
"які не отримують переваг від нестандартного рішення надсилати та отримувати "
|
||||
"електронні листи в Odoo, на відміну від `Odoo Online "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ та `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly "
|
||||
"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system "
|
||||
"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can "
|
||||
"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's "
|
||||
"reputation yourself."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Якщо жоден із вашої компанії не використовується для керування поштовими "
|
||||
"серверами, ми настійно рекомендуємо вам вибрати ці рішення для хостингу "
|
||||
"Odoo. Їх система електронної пошти працює миттєво і контролюється "
|
||||
"професіоналами. Тим не менше, ви все ще можете використовувати власні "
|
||||
"поштові сервери, якщо хочете самостійно керувати вашим сервером електронної "
|
||||
"пошти."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your "
|
||||
"own email solution with Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Нижче ви знайдете деяку корисну інформацію про те, як інтегрувати власне "
|
||||
"рішення електронної пошти з Odoo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from "
|
||||
"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation "
|
||||
"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-"
|
||||
"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-"
|
||||
"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "How to manage outbound messages"
|
||||
msgstr "Як керувати вихідними повідомленнями"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and "
|
||||
"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to "
|
||||
"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the "
|
||||
"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Як адміністратор системи, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
|
||||
"Загальні налаштування` та перевірте *зовнішні сервери електронної пошти*. "
|
||||
"Потім натисніть *Сервери вихідної пошти*, щоб створити та вказати SMTP-дані "
|
||||
"вашого сервера електронної пошти. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, "
|
||||
"натисніть кнопку *Перевірити підключення*."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server."
|
||||
msgstr "Ось типове налаштування сервера G Suite."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Потім встановіть ім'я домену електронної пошти у загальних налаштуваннях."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` "
|
||||
"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less "
|
||||
"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here "
|
||||
"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Якщо ви отримаєте ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Недійсні облікові дані "
|
||||
"(Failure)`` будьте уважні, коли ви *Тестуєте з'єднання* в адресі Gmail, "
|
||||
"активуйте функцію *Менш безпечного доступу до програми*. Доступ до посилання"
|
||||
" `тут <https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57
|
||||
msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Окрім цього, увімкніть налаштування IMAP у своєму обліковому записі Gmail."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61
|
||||
msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server"
|
||||
msgstr "Чи можете ви використовувати сервер Office 365"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP"
|
||||
" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ви можете використовувати сервер Office 365, якщо ви запускаєте Odoo на "
|
||||
"власному сервері. Реєстри SMTP Office 365 несумісні з Odoo Online."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-"
|
||||
"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-"
|
||||
"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure"
|
||||
" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Будь ласка, зверніться до `Документації Microsoft "
|
||||
"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-"
|
||||
"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-"
|
||||
"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ для налаштування "
|
||||
"ретранслятора SMTP для вашої IP-адреси Odoo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69
|
||||
msgid "How to use a G Suite server"
|
||||
msgstr "Як використовувати сервер G Suite"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need "
|
||||
"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in "
|
||||
"`Google documentation "
|
||||
"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ви можете використовувати сервер G Suite для будь-якого типу хостингу Odoo. "
|
||||
"Щоби це зробити, вам необхідно встановити обслуговування SMTP. Кроки "
|
||||
"налаштування пояснюються в документації `Google "
|
||||
"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77
|
||||
msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
|
||||
msgstr "Будьте сумісними з SPF"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability"
|
||||
" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host "
|
||||
"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Якщо ви використовуєте SPF (Policy Framework для відправників), щоб "
|
||||
"збільшити продуктивність вихідних електронних листів, не забудьте "
|
||||
"авторизувати Odoo як відправника у налаштуваннях вашого доменного імені. Ось"
|
||||
" налаштування для Odoo Online:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: "
|
||||
"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Якщо для SPF немає запису TXT, створіть його з наступним визначенням: v=spf1"
|
||||
" include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g."
|
||||
" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it "
|
||||
"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Якщо запит SPF TXT вже встановлено, додайте \"include: _spf.odoo.com\". "
|
||||
"наприклад, для доменного імені, яке надсилає електронні листи через Odoo "
|
||||
"Online, і через G Suite це може бути: v=spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com include:"
|
||||
" _spf.google.com ~ all"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
|
||||
"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Знайдіть `тут <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ точну процедуру "
|
||||
"створення або зміни TXT-записи у власному реєстраторі доменів."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
|
||||
"usually happens more quickly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Завершення вашого нового запису SPF може зайняти до 48 годин, але це, як "
|
||||
"правило, відбувається швидше."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
|
||||
"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
|
||||
"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Додавання декількох записів SPF для домену може спричинити проблеми з "
|
||||
"доставкою пошти та класифікацією спаму. Замість цього ми рекомендуємо "
|
||||
"використовувати лише один запис SPF, змінюючи його, щоб авторизувати Odoo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99
|
||||
msgid "Allow DKIM"
|
||||
msgstr "Дозвольте DKIM"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is "
|
||||
"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you "
|
||||
"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to "
|
||||
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have "
|
||||
"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value "
|
||||
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ви повинні робити те ж саме, якщо на вашому сервері електронної пошти "
|
||||
"ввімкнено DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail). У випадку з Odoo Online та "
|
||||
"Odoo.sh, ви повинні додати DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" запис CNAME на "
|
||||
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". Наприклад, для \"foo.com\" вони повинні мати "
|
||||
"запис \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\", тобто CNAME зі значенням "
|
||||
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "Restriction"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587,"
|
||||
" 465 or 2525."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112
|
||||
msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
|
||||
msgstr "Як керувати вхідними повідомленнями"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114
|
||||
msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Odoo покладається на загальні псевдоніми електронної пошти, щоб отримувати "
|
||||
"вхідні повідомлення."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
|
||||
"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall "
|
||||
"alias (**catchall@**)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Відповіді повідомлень**, відправлених з Odoo, спрямовуються в їх "
|
||||
"оригінальний дискусійний потік (і в папку \"Вхідні\" всіх його піписників) "
|
||||
"за допомогою псевдоніма catchall (**catchall@**)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in "
|
||||
"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid "
|
||||
"recipients."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Відскановані повідомлення** направляються на відмову @, щоб відстежувати "
|
||||
"їх в Odoo. Це особливо використовується в `Odoo Email "
|
||||
"Marketing,<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ щоб відмовитися від"
|
||||
" недійсних одержувачів."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to "
|
||||
"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Оригінальні повідомлення**: для деяких бізнес-об'єктів є власний псевдонім"
|
||||
" для створення нових записів у Odoo із вхідних повідомлень електронної "
|
||||
"пошти:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Канал продажів (для створення лідів або нагод в `Odoo CRM "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Підтримка каналу (для створення заявок у `Службі підтримки Odoo "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page"
|
||||
"/project-management>`__),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Проекти (для створення нових завдань в `Проекті Odoo "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__),"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Вакансії (для створення заявок в `Рекрутингу Odoo "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135
|
||||
msgid "etc."
|
||||
msgstr "тощо."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
|
||||
"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
|
||||
"address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Залежно від вашого поштового сервера може існувати декілька способів "
|
||||
"отримання повідомлень електронної пошти. Найпростіший та найбільш "
|
||||
"рекомендований спосіб полягає в управлінні однією адресою електронної пошти "
|
||||
"на псевдоніми Odoo на вашому поштовому сервері."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, "
|
||||
"bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Створіть відповідні електронні адреси на своєму поштовому сервері "
|
||||
"(catchall@, bounce@, sales@ і т.д.)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143
|
||||
msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
|
||||
msgstr "Встановіть своє доменне ім'я у загальних налаштуваннях."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for "
|
||||
"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the "
|
||||
"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to "
|
||||
"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled "
|
||||
"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo на власному сервері, створіть *вхідний поштовий "
|
||||
"сервер* в Odoo для кожного псевдоніма. Ви також можете це зробити в "
|
||||
"загальних налаштуваннях. Заповніть форму відповідно до ваших налаштувань "
|
||||
"постачальника послуг електронної пошти. Залиште *дії, які потрібно виконати*"
|
||||
" на вхідних листах, порожніми. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, натисніть"
|
||||
" на *ПЕРЕВІРКА та ПІДТВЕРДЖЕННЯ*."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming "
|
||||
"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email "
|
||||
"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, "
|
||||
"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour "
|
||||
"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's "
|
||||
"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to "
|
||||
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo Online або Odoo.sh, ми рекомендуємо "
|
||||
"переадресовувати вхідні повідомлення на доменне ім'я Odoo, а не виключно "
|
||||
"використовувати свій власний сервер електронної пошти. Таким чином ви "
|
||||
"отримаєте вхідні повідомлення без затримки. Дійсно, Odoo Online отримує "
|
||||
"вхідні повідомлення зовнішніх серверів лише раз на годину. Ви повинні "
|
||||
"встановити перенаправлення для всіх адрес електронної пошти до доменного "
|
||||
"імені Odoo на своєму сервері електронної пошти (наприклад, "
|
||||
"*catchall@mydomain.ext*, на *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167
|
||||
msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr "Усі псевдоніми налаштовуються в Odoo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To "
|
||||
"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the "
|
||||
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Псевдоніми об’єктів можна редагувати у відповідному вікні налаштування. Щоб "
|
||||
"редагувати псевдоніми catchall та bounce, спочатку потрібно активувати "
|
||||
":doc:`Режим розробника <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System "
|
||||
"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * "
|
||||
"mail.bounce.alias*)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Потім перейдіть в :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічні параметри --> "
|
||||
"Параметри --> Параметри системи`, щоб налаштувати псевдоніми "
|
||||
"(*mail.catchall.alias* та *mail.bounce.alias*)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
|
||||
"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode "
|
||||
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->"
|
||||
" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
|
||||
"Fetchmail Service*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"За замовчуванням вхідні повідомлення надходять кожні 5 хвилин в Odoo на "
|
||||
"власному сервері. Ви можете змінити це значення в :doc:`Режимі розробника "
|
||||
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Перейдіть у "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічні параметри --> Автоматизація --> "
|
||||
"Заплановані дії` і знайдіть *Пошта: Послуга Fetchmail*."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Email Templates"
|
||||
msgstr "Шаблони електронних листів"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but "
|
||||
"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is "
|
||||
"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email "
|
||||
"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple "
|
||||
"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, "
|
||||
"improving their overall experience with the company."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be "
|
||||
"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
|
||||
"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates "
|
||||
"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this "
|
||||
"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to "
|
||||
"job applicants."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To "
|
||||
"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the "
|
||||
"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one "
|
||||
"with the highest priority is used."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent,"
|
||||
" saving space in your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you "
|
||||
"would like to use."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the "
|
||||
"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily"
|
||||
" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before "
|
||||
"sending it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Загальний огляд"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Get Started with Discuss"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together "
|
||||
"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, "
|
||||
"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout"
|
||||
" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and "
|
||||
"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Choose your notifications preference"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications "
|
||||
"to be handled."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, "
|
||||
"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent "
|
||||
"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the"
|
||||
" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "Start Chatting"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message "
|
||||
"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If "
|
||||
"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite"
|
||||
" of where you are in Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of"
|
||||
" your browser."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to "
|
||||
"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61
|
||||
msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer "
|
||||
"to a channel, type *#channel-name*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or "
|
||||
"through email, depending on his settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values "
|
||||
"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the "
|
||||
"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the"
|
||||
" scope of the search becomes all partners."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78
|
||||
msgid "Chat status"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can "
|
||||
"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the "
|
||||
"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging "
|
||||
"menu*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84
|
||||
msgid "Green = online"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85
|
||||
msgid "Orange = away"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86
|
||||
msgid "White = offline"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87
|
||||
msgid "Airplane = out of the office"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`team_communication`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you "
|
||||
"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to "
|
||||
"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance "
|
||||
"of having overlapping actions between team members."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the "
|
||||
"*Activities* menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Plan activities"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on "
|
||||
"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Set your activity types"
|
||||
msgstr "Встановіть види діяльності"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, "
|
||||
"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure"
|
||||
" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46
|
||||
msgid "Recommend next activities"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set "
|
||||
"*Recommended Next Activities*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and"
|
||||
" next steps are suggested to you."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`get_started`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, "
|
||||
"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular "
|
||||
"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the "
|
||||
"latest developments."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Public and Private channels"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only "
|
||||
"visible to users invited to it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information"
|
||||
" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used "
|
||||
"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a "
|
||||
"specific department)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Configuration options"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by"
|
||||
" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "Privacy and Members"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control "
|
||||
"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* "
|
||||
"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would"
|
||||
" a public one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your "
|
||||
"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on "
|
||||
"*Invite*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* "
|
||||
"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while "
|
||||
"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto "
|
||||
"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they "
|
||||
"are part of the group."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55
|
||||
msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a "
|
||||
"mailing list."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that "
|
||||
"messages will need to be approved before being sent."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you"
|
||||
" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions"
|
||||
" to newcomers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* "
|
||||
"messages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of "
|
||||
"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email "
|
||||
"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91
|
||||
msgid "Quick search bar"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if "
|
||||
"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a "
|
||||
"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations"
|
||||
" and quickly find the one you need."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103
|
||||
msgid "Finding channels"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public "
|
||||
"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function "
|
||||
"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a "
|
||||
"single character."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,289 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Email Marketing"
|
||||
msgstr "Email-маркетинг"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Загальний огляд"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Work with Mailing Lists"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as "
|
||||
"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and"
|
||||
" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Create mailing lists"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable "
|
||||
"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when "
|
||||
"unsubscribing."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on"
|
||||
" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to "
|
||||
"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective "
|
||||
"mailing list."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "Contacts"
|
||||
msgstr "Контакти"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of"
|
||||
" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually "
|
||||
"created here."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the "
|
||||
"contact is or will be part of."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`send_emails`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to "
|
||||
"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think "
|
||||
"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option "
|
||||
"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is "
|
||||
"redirected to the following page:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you "
|
||||
"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be "
|
||||
"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to"
|
||||
" a personal email."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing "
|
||||
"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive"
|
||||
" *any* more emails from you."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for"
|
||||
" users."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email "
|
||||
"addresses are shown."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of "
|
||||
"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates"
|
||||
" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Choose the right target and create the message"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add "
|
||||
"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH "
|
||||
"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these "
|
||||
"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by "
|
||||
"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible "
|
||||
"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if "
|
||||
"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the"
|
||||
" sender (*Send From*)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers "
|
||||
"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address."
|
||||
" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or "
|
||||
"contacts as recipients."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. "
|
||||
"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* "
|
||||
"deletes the email."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test "
|
||||
"contacts to avoid errors."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* "
|
||||
"column in the Kanban view."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the "
|
||||
"*queue* column in the Kanban view."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, "
|
||||
"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have "
|
||||
"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically "
|
||||
"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on "
|
||||
"*Retry*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67
|
||||
msgid "Manage campaigns"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing "
|
||||
"Campaigns*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing"
|
||||
" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push "
|
||||
"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those "
|
||||
"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of"
|
||||
" this is possible because the applications work integrated."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@@ -1,434 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Events"
|
||||
msgstr "Події"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Integrations"
|
||||
msgstr "Інтеграції"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Using SMS as a communication strategy for your event establishes interaction"
|
||||
" between organizers, attendees, speakers and further targets. It allows your"
|
||||
" message to be heard whether the goal is to send out reminders, teasers or "
|
||||
"to advertise."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
msgstr "Налаштування"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Communication* SMS is a standard feature. That means nothing needs to"
|
||||
" be enabled or installed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS "
|
||||
"Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers"
|
||||
" of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/create-an-agenda-for-your-"
|
||||
"event-717?fullscreen=1>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Send SMSs to attendees"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Communication*, the message’s target is the attendees of your event."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can choose to confirm each registration with the *Registration* "
|
||||
"template, and to send a reminder shortly before the event takes place with "
|
||||
"the *Reminder* template."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "To make changes in an existing template, click on the external link."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "Send SMSs to speakers and further targets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The benefit of the integration with the *SMS Marketing* application is that "
|
||||
"you can choose the target you would like your message to be delivered to. To"
|
||||
" get started, click on *Contact Track Speakers*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If *Event Track* is not your target (*Recipient*), choose the right one. "
|
||||
"*Filters* are eligible here."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in the "
|
||||
"stage *Proposal* on *Event Track*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about "
|
||||
"Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, "
|
||||
"and, about IAP Services :doc:`here "
|
||||
"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Загальний огляд"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Create your First Event"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Some of the reasons why hosting events is essential are:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "To create an engaging experience with your audience;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "To generate word of mouth about your company;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "To allow networking;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To provide an opportunity for sales representatives to walk their prospects "
|
||||
"through the product and even their pipeline."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "Get started"
|
||||
msgstr "Розпочніть"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key "
|
||||
"information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the "
|
||||
"needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, "
|
||||
"*Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/website-basics-643?fullscreen=1>`_, and "
|
||||
"edit content by dragging and dropping blocks."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
|
||||
":doc:`Tickets and Online Ticketing <tickets>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, under the *Tickets* Tab, add lines to include the different ticket "
|
||||
"types you offer. Include the price, the start and end dates for "
|
||||
"registrations, and even the maximum number of tickets that can be sold."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as "
|
||||
"attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed <track_attendees>` or not."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:55
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Communication"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choose the email and/or SMS message template, as well as the frequency with "
|
||||
"which you would like to communicate with your attendees under the tab "
|
||||
"*Communication*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the "
|
||||
"*Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the "
|
||||
"*Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Questions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Questions*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, under the tab *Questions*, edit your questions and answers, choosing if"
|
||||
" you would like your questionnaire to be asked per order or per "
|
||||
"registration."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each "
|
||||
"attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary"
|
||||
" for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire"
|
||||
" is shown once, resulting in a global answer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark "
|
||||
"the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, "
|
||||
"putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited"
|
||||
" and used again."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90
|
||||
msgid "Publish your event"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92
|
||||
msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:99
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:100
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`tickets`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:101
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`track_talks`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Selling Tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you automate processes, you save time. If you give attendees multiple "
|
||||
"payment options to choose from, you allow flexibility and open margins for "
|
||||
"more registrations to happen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Tickets* and"
|
||||
" *Online Ticketing*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold "
|
||||
":ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows "
|
||||
"the sale of tickets to happen "
|
||||
":ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Through Sales Orders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it "
|
||||
"as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for "
|
||||
"which you want to create the sales order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under "
|
||||
"*Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under "
|
||||
"your event’s form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "Through the Website"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue "
|
||||
"the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have "
|
||||
"available."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Track your Attendees"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Attendees are at the heart of your event. Keeping track of their number and "
|
||||
"managing their registration and attendance is necessary for planning and "
|
||||
"analyzing reasons."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Attendees list and attendance"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once attendees have registered or bought their tickets, they are added to "
|
||||
"the *Attendees* list."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the "
|
||||
"quotation is confirmed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The check mark button is used to confirm the registration. Once a "
|
||||
"registration is confirmed, attendance can be marked."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Bagdes and cancellations"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send "
|
||||
"By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the "
|
||||
"*Cancelled* stage."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom "
|
||||
"Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Track and Manage Talks"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Allow partners to submit talk proposals so they can share their knowledge "
|
||||
"and expertise. Good speakers and talks are what make your event great."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
|
||||
"*Schedule & Tracks*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options "
|
||||
"*Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. "
|
||||
"Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your"
|
||||
" website."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now "
|
||||
"allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk "
|
||||
"Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "Publishing speaker proposals"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their "
|
||||
"proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and "
|
||||
"click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@@ -1,345 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Expenses"
|
||||
msgstr "Витрати"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "How to set expense types"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed "
|
||||
"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* "
|
||||
"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on "
|
||||
"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the "
|
||||
"real cost per expense."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Here are some examples to configure:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Restaurant:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Travel with Personal Car:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Hotel:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Others:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Cost: 0.0"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if "
|
||||
"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is "
|
||||
"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That"
|
||||
" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is "
|
||||
"usually the expected behaviour."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense "
|
||||
"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> "
|
||||
"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased "
|
||||
"in different units of measure (advanced)*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "How to record expenses"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51
|
||||
msgid "Manually"
|
||||
msgstr "Вручну"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses "
|
||||
"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with "
|
||||
"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of "
|
||||
"hotel nights)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62
|
||||
msgid "Enter the expense date."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if "
|
||||
"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan "
|
||||
"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and "
|
||||
"the accountant validate it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73
|
||||
msgid "In one click from emails"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a "
|
||||
"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* "
|
||||
"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee "
|
||||
"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the "
|
||||
"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in "
|
||||
"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88
|
||||
msgid "How to submit expenses to managers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end "
|
||||
"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My "
|
||||
"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and"
|
||||
" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly "
|
||||
"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to "
|
||||
"approve it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button "
|
||||
"on the form view of an expense."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses "
|
||||
"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "How to approve expenses"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from"
|
||||
" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. "
|
||||
"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as "
|
||||
"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team "
|
||||
"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those "
|
||||
"employees."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131
|
||||
msgid "How to post expenses in accounting"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to"
|
||||
" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to "
|
||||
"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to"
|
||||
" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have "
|
||||
"following access rights:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139
|
||||
msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser"
|
||||
msgstr "Бухгалтерський облік: бухгалтер або радник"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140
|
||||
msgid "Expenses: Manager"
|
||||
msgstr "Витрати: менеджер"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get"
|
||||
" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to "
|
||||
"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in"
|
||||
" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person "
|
||||
"is using Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150
|
||||
msgid "How to reimburse employees"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To "
|
||||
"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156
|
||||
msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163
|
||||
msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your"
|
||||
" customers automatically."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169
|
||||
msgid "Setup"
|
||||
msgstr "Встановлення"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171
|
||||
msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all "
|
||||
"your Expense types:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses "
|
||||
"quantity"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182
|
||||
msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale "
|
||||
"order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191
|
||||
msgid "Create an order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered "
|
||||
"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be "
|
||||
"added automatically once posted by the accountant."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198
|
||||
msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204
|
||||
msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on"
|
||||
" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees"
|
||||
" are already able to set one when submitting."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213
|
||||
msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216
|
||||
msgid "Invoice expenses"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> "
|
||||
"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically "
|
||||
"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226
|
||||
msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Semeniuk <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../expenses.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Expenses"
|
||||
msgstr "Витрати"
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Field Service"
|
||||
msgstr "Виїзне обслуговування"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Helpdesk"
|
||||
msgstr "Служба підтримки"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage "
|
||||
"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets "
|
||||
"speeds up your processes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Configure the helpdesk team"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select"
|
||||
" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button."
|
||||
" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Sales"
|
||||
msgstr "Продажі"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless "
|
||||
"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have "
|
||||
"to approve before the work even starts."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Configure a product"
|
||||
msgstr "Налаштувати товар"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and "
|
||||
"create or edit a product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing "
|
||||
"Policy*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Select your *Project*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A "
|
||||
"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is "
|
||||
"directly accessible from the sales order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
+940
-843
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,540 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology"
|
||||
msgstr "Базова методологія швидкого старту"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack "
|
||||
"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our "
|
||||
"product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Цей документ підсумовує послуги Odoo Online, методологію впровадження наших "
|
||||
"Пакетів Послуг та найкращі практичні поради для початку роботи з нашим "
|
||||
"продуктом."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant"
|
||||
msgstr "SPoC (*Єдина контактна особа*) та консультант"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate "
|
||||
"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person"
|
||||
" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the"
|
||||
" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"В контексті вашого проекту настійно рекомендуємо призначати та підтримувати "
|
||||
"з обох сторін (з вашої сторони та нашої) **єдину контактну особу**, яка "
|
||||
"візьме на себе відповідальність за проект. Він також повинен мати "
|
||||
"**повноваження** щодо прийняття рішень."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From"
|
||||
" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency"
|
||||
" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good "
|
||||
"practices."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Консультант Odoo забезпечує реалізацію проекту від А до Я**: від початку "
|
||||
"до кінця проекту він забезпечує загальну послідовність впровадження Odoo та "
|
||||
"ділиться своїм досвідом з точки зору належної практики."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible"
|
||||
" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention "
|
||||
"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business "
|
||||
"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Єдина контактна особа, яка приймає рішення зі сторони клієнта**: він "
|
||||
"відповідає за передачу ділових знань (в разі потреби координує втручання "
|
||||
"ключових користувачів) та узгоджує виконання з точки зору бізнесу (прийняття"
|
||||
" рішень, управління змінами тощо). "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the "
|
||||
"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise "
|
||||
"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an"
|
||||
" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are"
|
||||
" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those "
|
||||
"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Оптимізація зустрічей**: консультант Odoo не бере участі у процесі "
|
||||
"прийняття рішень з точки зору бізнесу, а також не має чітких процесів та "
|
||||
"внутрішніх процедур компанії (крім конкретного запиту чи винятку). Зустрічі "
|
||||
"щодо проекту, які відбудуться раз або два на тижні, призначені для "
|
||||
"узгодження бізнес-потреб (єдина контактна особа) та визначення способу "
|
||||
"реалізації цих потреб в Odoo (консультант)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional "
|
||||
"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his "
|
||||
"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary "
|
||||
"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-"
|
||||
"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning "
|
||||
"platform <https://odoo.com/learn>`_ and the testing of functionalities."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Підготовка до навчання**: консультант Odoo надає функціональну підготовку "
|
||||
"для єдиної контактної особи, щоб вона могла передавати ці знання своїм "
|
||||
"співробітникам. Для того, щоби цей підхід був успішним, необхідно, щоби "
|
||||
"контактна особа також брала участь у власному підвищенні навичок шляхом "
|
||||
"самостійного навчання за допомогою :doc:`Документації Odoo "
|
||||
"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `Платформи "
|
||||
"електронного навчання <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-"
|
||||
"functional>`__ та тестування функціональних можливостей."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "Project Scope"
|
||||
msgstr "Сфера застосування проекту"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is "
|
||||
"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the "
|
||||
"project implementation is pursuing."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Аби переконатися, що всі зацікавлені сторони завжди узгоджують процеси між "
|
||||
"собою, необхідно визначати та вносити зміст проекту поки реалізується "
|
||||
"проект."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of "
|
||||
"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. "
|
||||
"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of "
|
||||
"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more"
|
||||
" clear."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Чітке визначення початкового обсягу проекту**: Чітке визначення початкових"
|
||||
" потреб має вирішальне значення для забезпечення безперебійного виконання "
|
||||
"проекту. Дійсно, коли всі зацікавлені сторони поділяють одне і те ж бачення,"
|
||||
" еволюцію потреб та процес прийняття рішень є більш простими та "
|
||||
"зрозумілішими."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent "
|
||||
"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo"
|
||||
" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This "
|
||||
"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in "
|
||||
"the implementation."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Поступова реалізація проекту**: Сприяння впровадженню на декількох "
|
||||
"узгоджених етапах, що дозволяють регулярно впроваджувати продукцію, та "
|
||||
"поступово охоплювати Odoo кінцевими споживачами, довели свою ефективність із"
|
||||
" часом. Цей підхід також допомагає виявити прогалини та застосовувати "
|
||||
"коригувальні дії на початку впровадження."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great "
|
||||
"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more "
|
||||
"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard "
|
||||
"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project"
|
||||
" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid "
|
||||
"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software "
|
||||
"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an "
|
||||
"experiment of the standard in production."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Прийняття стандартних функцій в якості пріоритету**: Odoo пропонує чудове "
|
||||
"середовище для здійснення незначних удосконалень (налаштувань) або більш "
|
||||
"важливих (доробок). Тим не менше, прийняття стандартного рішення буде "
|
||||
"віддавати перевагу якомога частіше, щоб оптимізувати час доставки проекту та"
|
||||
" надавати користувачеві довгострокову стабільність та масштабність його "
|
||||
"нового інструмента. В ідеалі, якщо поліпшення програмного забезпечення все-"
|
||||
"таки має бути реалізоване, його впровадження буде здійснено після "
|
||||
"експерименту зі стандартним впровадженням."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
|
||||
msgid "Managing expectations"
|
||||
msgstr "Управління очікуваннями"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of "
|
||||
"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into"
|
||||
" account from the beginning of the project:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Розрив між реальним впровадження та майбутніми очікуваннями користувачів є "
|
||||
"вирішальним чинником. З початку проекту необхідно враховувати три важливі "
|
||||
"аспекти:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and "
|
||||
"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation,"
|
||||
" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo "
|
||||
"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time "
|
||||
"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly "
|
||||
"check that this is still the case."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Співпрацювати з підходом до проекту**: Як чіткий розподіл ролей та "
|
||||
"відповідальності, так і чіткий опис режимів роботи (перевірка, вирішення "
|
||||
"проблем та ін.) мають вирішальне значення для успішного впровадження Odoo. "
|
||||
"Тому настійно рекомендуємо вживати необхідний час на початку проекту, щоби "
|
||||
"вирівнятися з цими темами, і регулярно перевіряти, чи усе ще так, як було "
|
||||
"заплановано."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal "
|
||||
"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them"
|
||||
" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs "
|
||||
"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an"
|
||||
" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the "
|
||||
"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining "
|
||||
"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio "
|
||||
"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be "
|
||||
"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a "
|
||||
"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed "
|
||||
"to pursue this same objective."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Зосередьтеся на успіху проекту, а не на ідеальному рішенні**: Головною "
|
||||
"метою єдиної контактної особи та консультанта є виконання завданого ними "
|
||||
"проекту, щоби забезпечити найефективніше рішення для задоволення виражених "
|
||||
"потреб. Ця мета іноді може суперечити баченню ідеального рішення клієнта. У "
|
||||
"такому випадку контактна особа та консультант застосовуватимуть правило "
|
||||
"80-20: зосередитись на 80% виражених потреб та вилучити решту 20% найбільш "
|
||||
"невигідних цілей з точки зору співвідношення витрат і вигоди (ці відсотки, "
|
||||
"звичайно, можуть бути зміненими з часом). Тому, якщо глобальне рішення буде "
|
||||
"визначено, буде прийнято інтегрувати найбільш трудомістку маніпуляцію. Зміни"
|
||||
" в бізнес-процесах також можуть бути запропоновані для досягнення цієї ж "
|
||||
"мети."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and "
|
||||
"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to "
|
||||
"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of "
|
||||
"tools\\* :"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Технічні характеристики завжди є ВИКЛЮЧНИМИ**: прогалини між тим, що "
|
||||
"очікується і що доставляється, часто є джерелом конфлікту в проекті. Щоб "
|
||||
"уникнути перебування в цій делікатній ситуації, ми рекомендуємо "
|
||||
"використовувати кілька типів інструментів\\* :"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard "
|
||||
"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be "
|
||||
"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**GAP аналіз**: порівняння запиту клієнта зі стандартними функціями, "
|
||||
"запропонованими компанією Odoo, дозволить визначити розрив, який повинен "
|
||||
"бути заповнений розробками/налаштуваннями або змінами бізнес-процесів."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities "
|
||||
"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, "
|
||||
"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Історія користувача**: Це технічно розділяє обов'язки між SPoC, "
|
||||
"відповідальним за поясненням ЩО, ЧОМУ та ХТО, та консультантом, хто надасть "
|
||||
"відповідь на питання ЯК."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A "
|
||||
"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main "
|
||||
"lines of expected changes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"`Доказ концепції <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ "
|
||||
"Cпрощена версія, прототип того, що очікується, узгоджується з основними "
|
||||
"лініями очікуваних змін."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with"
|
||||
" the changes related to the interface."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Макет**: у тій же ідеї, що й PoC, який буде відповідати змінам, пов'язаним"
|
||||
" з інтерфейсом."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and "
|
||||
"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project "
|
||||
"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the "
|
||||
"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without "
|
||||
"verifying its veracity beforehand."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"До цих інструментів буде додано повну прозорість щодо можливостей та "
|
||||
"обмежень програмного забезпечення та його оточення, щоб усі зацікавлені "
|
||||
"сторони проекту могли чітко розуміти, що можна очікувати/досягти у проекті. "
|
||||
"Тому ми не будемо базувати нашу роботу на гіпотезах, не перевіряючи "
|
||||
"заздалегідь їх правдивість."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more "
|
||||
"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"*Цей список, звичайно, можна доповнити іншими інструментами, які би більш "
|
||||
"адекватно відповідали реаліям та потребам вашого проекту*"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145
|
||||
msgid "Communication Strategy"
|
||||
msgstr "Стратегія комунікації"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of "
|
||||
"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the "
|
||||
"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to "
|
||||
"follow those principles:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Метою методології Швидкого старту є забезпечення швидкого володіння цим "
|
||||
"інструментом для кінцевих користувачів. Тому ефективне спілкування має "
|
||||
"вирішальне значення для успіху цього підходу. Тому його оптимізація приведе "
|
||||
"нас до таких принципів:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure "
|
||||
"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to "
|
||||
"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project "
|
||||
"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be "
|
||||
"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the"
|
||||
" manager are clearly defined."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Спільне використання документації з управління проектами**: Найкращий "
|
||||
"спосіб забезпечити усіх зацікавлених сторін проекту володінням однаковим "
|
||||
"рівнем знань, забезпечити прямий доступ до документу відстеження проекту "
|
||||
"(Організатор проекту). Цей документ міститиме, принаймні, список завдань, що"
|
||||
" будуть виконуватися як частина реалізації, для чого чітко визначений рівень"
|
||||
" пріоритету та менеджер. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both "
|
||||
"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Організатор проекту - це інструмент відстеження проектів, який дозволяє як "
|
||||
"детальне відстеження поточних завдань, так і загальний прогрес проекту."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation "
|
||||
"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Зверніть увагу на важливу інформацію**: щоб мінімізувати час документації "
|
||||
"до найважливіших вимог, ми дотримуємось наступних правильних практик:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168
|
||||
msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;"
|
||||
msgstr "Протоколи зустрічі будуть обмежені лише рішеннями та перевірками;"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is "
|
||||
"reached;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Статуси проекту визначаються лише тоді, коли досягнуто важливого етапу;"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Будуть організовані навчальні курси по стандартному або індивідуальному "
|
||||
"рішенню."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177
|
||||
msgid "Customizations and Development"
|
||||
msgstr "Налаштування та розробка"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution "
|
||||
"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast "
|
||||
"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Odoo - це програмне забезпечення, відоме своєю гнучкістю та важливою "
|
||||
"здатністю до еволюції. Однак значна частина розвитку суперечить швидкій та "
|
||||
"стабільній реалізації. Ось чому рекомендується:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be "
|
||||
"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis,"
|
||||
" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant "
|
||||
"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an"
|
||||
" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted "
|
||||
"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid "
|
||||
"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties."
|
||||
" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development "
|
||||
"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see "
|
||||
"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Розвиватися лише з вагомих причин**: рішення про розробку завжди повинно "
|
||||
"бути прийняте, коли співвідношення витрат і вигод є позитивним (економія "
|
||||
"часу на щоденній основі тощо). Наприклад, краще реалізувати значний "
|
||||
"розвиток, щоб скоротити час щоденної експлуатації, а не виконувати операцію "
|
||||
"лише один раз на квартал. Загальновизнано, що чим ближче рішення до "
|
||||
"стандарту, тим легше і більш плавно відбувається процес міграції, і чим "
|
||||
"нижчі витрати на обслуговування для обох сторін. Крім того, досвід показує "
|
||||
"нам, що 60% первинних запитів на розробку знищуються через кілька тижнів "
|
||||
"використання стандартного Odoo (див. \"Прийняття стандарту як пріоритет\")."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to "
|
||||
"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of"
|
||||
" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator"
|
||||
" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the "
|
||||
"business processes of the company."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Заміна без реплікації**: є вагомі підстави для прийняття рішення про зміну"
|
||||
" програмного забезпечення для управління. У цьому контексті момент "
|
||||
"реалізації є правильним моментом прийняття і навіть є ініціатором зміни як з"
|
||||
" точки зору використання програмного забезпечення, так і на рівні бізнес-"
|
||||
"процесів компанії."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204
|
||||
msgid "Testing and Validation principles"
|
||||
msgstr "Принципи тестування та перевірки"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to"
|
||||
" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational "
|
||||
"needs of the company."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Незалежно від того, чи були розробки чи ні, важливо перевірити відповідність"
|
||||
" рішення операційним потребам компанії."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible "
|
||||
"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the "
|
||||
"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the "
|
||||
"requirements of the operational reality."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Розподіл ролей**: у цьому контексті консультант буде відповідати за "
|
||||
"надання рішення, що відповідає визначеним специфікаціям; контактна особа "
|
||||
"повинна буде протестувати та підтвердити, що рішення, яке постачається, "
|
||||
"відповідає вимогам операційної реальності."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the "
|
||||
"noted gap is caused by:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Управління змінами**: коли необхідно внести зміни до рішення, зазначений "
|
||||
"розрив обумовлений:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is "
|
||||
"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Різницею між специфікацією та доставленим рішенням - це виправлення, за яке "
|
||||
"відповідає консультант."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223
|
||||
msgid "**or**"
|
||||
msgstr "**або**"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational "
|
||||
"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Різницею між специфікацією та вимогами операційної реальності - це зміна, на"
|
||||
" яку відповідає контактна особа."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229
|
||||
msgid "Data Imports"
|
||||
msgstr "Імпорт даних"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must "
|
||||
"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, "
|
||||
"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, "
|
||||
"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, "
|
||||
"it will be decided :"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Імпорт історії транзакційних даних є важливою проблемою, і відповідним чином"
|
||||
" потрібно відповісти на це, щоб забезпечити безперебійну роботу проекту. "
|
||||
"Дійсно, це завдання може зайняти багато часу, і, якщо його пріоритет не є "
|
||||
"чітко визначеним, запобігти впровадженню вчасно. Щоб зробити це якомога "
|
||||
"швидше, буде вирішено:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, "
|
||||
"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, "
|
||||
"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Не імпортувати нічого**: Часто буває, що після відображення імпортування "
|
||||
"історії даних стає не необхідним, причому ці дані зберігаються поза межами "
|
||||
"Odoo і консолідуються для подальшої звітності."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When "
|
||||
"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, "
|
||||
"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information "
|
||||
"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the"
|
||||
" import will be made before the production launch."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Щоб імпортувати обмежену кількість даних перед початком впровадження**: "
|
||||
"коли історія даних стосується оброблюваної інформації (наприклад, замовлення"
|
||||
" на купівлю, рахунки-фактури, відкриті проекти), необхідність мати цю "
|
||||
"інформацію з першого дня використання у впровадженні - це реально. У цьому "
|
||||
"випадку імпорт буде здійснюватися до початку запуску впровадження."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be "
|
||||
"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these "
|
||||
"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the "
|
||||
"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Імпорт після запуску впровадження**: коли історія даних повинна бути "
|
||||
"інтегрована з Odoo, в основному для цілей звітування, то очевидно, що вони "
|
||||
"можуть бути інтегровані в програмне забезпечення ретроспективно. У цьому "
|
||||
"випадку запуск впровадження буде передувати необхідному імпорту."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256
|
||||
msgid "Support"
|
||||
msgstr "Підтримка"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your "
|
||||
"questions or technical issues."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Коли ваш проект береться у виконання, наші команди підтримки піклуються про "
|
||||
"ваші запитання чи технічні проблеми."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261
|
||||
msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`."
|
||||
msgstr "Перегляньте :ref:`support-expectations`."
|
||||
@@ -1,878 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2020
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Helpdesk"
|
||||
msgstr "Служба підтримки"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced"
|
||||
msgstr "Розширено"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "After Sales Features"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team "
|
||||
"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is "
|
||||
"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage"
|
||||
" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite "
|
||||
"interventions from a ticket’s page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Set up the after sales services"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
|
||||
"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and "
|
||||
"Onsite Interventions*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets"
|
||||
msgstr "Створити сторно із заявки"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For"
|
||||
" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the "
|
||||
"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and "
|
||||
"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Allow product returns from tickets"
|
||||
msgstr "Дозволити повернення товару із заявки"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is"
|
||||
" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Grant coupons from tickets"
|
||||
msgstr "Надавайте купони із заявок"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or "
|
||||
"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on "
|
||||
"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "Repairs from tickets"
|
||||
msgstr "Ремонт із заявки"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is"
|
||||
" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57
|
||||
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets"
|
||||
msgstr "Плануйте втручання на місці із заявок"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite "
|
||||
"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* "
|
||||
"application."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-"
|
||||
"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"`Купони <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-"
|
||||
"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize "
|
||||
"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes"
|
||||
" communication and actions more efficient."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Configure the feature"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> "
|
||||
"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is "
|
||||
"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For "
|
||||
"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` "
|
||||
"and enable *Closing Stage*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the "
|
||||
"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the "
|
||||
"ticket is put in the first one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "The Costumer Portal"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is "
|
||||
"available."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add "
|
||||
"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Загальний огляд"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Forum and eLearning"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Forum"
|
||||
msgstr "Форум"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer "
|
||||
"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more "
|
||||
"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details"
|
||||
" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and "
|
||||
"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your "
|
||||
"community!)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Set up"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and "
|
||||
"enable *Help Center*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing "
|
||||
"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only "
|
||||
"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are "
|
||||
"allowed per question."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of "
|
||||
"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on "
|
||||
"the ticket's page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "eLearning"
|
||||
msgstr "електронне навчання"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your "
|
||||
"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost"
|
||||
" efficiency as they can also find their answers there."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
|
||||
"enable *eLearning*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by "
|
||||
"clicking on *Unpublished*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View "
|
||||
"Course*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
|
||||
msgid "Todo"
|
||||
msgstr "Зробити"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE "
|
||||
"AVAILABLE!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Getting Started"
|
||||
msgstr "Розпочніть"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they"
|
||||
" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful "
|
||||
"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline,"
|
||||
" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Set up teams"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration "
|
||||
"--> Helpdesk Teams`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels "
|
||||
"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, "
|
||||
"accounting, admin, etc.)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get "
|
||||
"redirected to the right person:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage "
|
||||
"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. "
|
||||
"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens "
|
||||
"automatically;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of "
|
||||
"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure "
|
||||
"that all tickets get to be taken care of."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team "
|
||||
"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include "
|
||||
"all employees (with the proper access rights)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access "
|
||||
"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only "
|
||||
"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees "
|
||||
"(with the proper access rights)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46
|
||||
msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> "
|
||||
"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams "
|
||||
"to use certain stages under *Team*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt "
|
||||
"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and "
|
||||
"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Ratings"
|
||||
msgstr "Оцінювання"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to "
|
||||
"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence"
|
||||
" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve"
|
||||
" the quality of your services."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
|
||||
"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email "
|
||||
"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to "
|
||||
"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit"
|
||||
" Stage*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, "
|
||||
"an email is sent to the customer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer "
|
||||
"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
|
||||
"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk"
|
||||
" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Start Receiving Tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you "
|
||||
"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves."
|
||||
" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it "
|
||||
"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Channels options to submit tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and "
|
||||
"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your "
|
||||
"users."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Email Alias"
|
||||
msgstr "Псевдонім ел. пошти"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email "
|
||||
"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and "
|
||||
"the content is shown in the Chatter."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from "
|
||||
"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias "
|
||||
"Domain*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo "
|
||||
"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email "
|
||||
"server."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Website Form"
|
||||
msgstr "Форма веб-сайту"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your "
|
||||
"website."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on"
|
||||
" *Go to Website*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by "
|
||||
"clicking on *Unpublished*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Live Chat"
|
||||
msgstr "Живий чат"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can "
|
||||
"be instantly created and redirected to the right person."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* "
|
||||
"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command "
|
||||
"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "Prioritize tickets"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the"
|
||||
" top of your list on the Kanban view."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77
|
||||
msgid "1 star = *Low priority*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78
|
||||
msgid "2 stars = *High priority*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79
|
||||
msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`sla`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Reports for a Better Support"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting "
|
||||
"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, "
|
||||
"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s "
|
||||
"expectations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Cases"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the "
|
||||
"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous "
|
||||
"Period* or a *Previous Year*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order "
|
||||
"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how"
|
||||
" many requests they are able to handle."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and "
|
||||
"ticket type."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close "
|
||||
"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want "
|
||||
"their issues to be handled quickly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "Save filters"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every"
|
||||
" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures "
|
||||
"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers "
|
||||
"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and "
|
||||
"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, "
|
||||
"and when."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Create your policies"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like "
|
||||
"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration "
|
||||
"--> Helpdesk Teams`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**"
|
||||
" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to"
|
||||
" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a "
|
||||
"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If "
|
||||
"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all"
|
||||
" SLAs is the one considered."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and "
|
||||
"the deadline field is not shown anymore."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "SLA Analysis"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply"
|
||||
" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and"
|
||||
" keep track of upcoming deadlines."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Timesheet and Invoice"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales "
|
||||
"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, "
|
||||
"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the "
|
||||
"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your "
|
||||
"customer needs."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create"
|
||||
" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time "
|
||||
"Reinvoicing*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created"
|
||||
" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be "
|
||||
"ultimately modified on each ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Step 2: Set up a service"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
|
||||
"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as "
|
||||
"the unit of measure of your service."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit"
|
||||
" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the "
|
||||
"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of "
|
||||
"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours "
|
||||
"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales"
|
||||
" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, "
|
||||
"automating the process."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow "
|
||||
"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs "
|
||||
"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the "
|
||||
"time spent on a ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58
|
||||
msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61
|
||||
msgid "Step 1: Place an order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the "
|
||||
"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who "
|
||||
"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the "
|
||||
"customer and *Confirm* the order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82
|
||||
msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the "
|
||||
"task created by the confirmation of the sales order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92
|
||||
msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under "
|
||||
"the *Timesheets* tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*"
|
||||
" column in the sales order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on "
|
||||
"the dedicated task."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets "
|
||||
"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more "
|
||||
"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
msgstr "Налаштування"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`"
|
||||
" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and "
|
||||
"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable "
|
||||
"the feature *Bill from tasks*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under"
|
||||
" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@@ -1,19 +1,15 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@@ -21,10 +17,6 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../index.rst:7 ../../index.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Index"
|
||||
#: ../../content/index.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Odoo Documentation"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../index.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Odoo User Documentation"
|
||||
msgstr "Користувацька документація Odoo "
|
||||
|
||||
+3085
-2206
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,891 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)"
|
||||
msgstr "Інтернет речей (IoT)"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
msgstr "Налаштування"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database"
|
||||
msgstr "Підключення IoT Box до вашої бази даних"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database."
|
||||
msgstr "Встановіть програму Інтернет речей (IoT) на базу даних Odoo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Зайдіть в додаток IoT і натисніть на Підключити на сторінці IoT Boxes."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr "Виконайте вказівки щодо підключення IoT Box."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Ethernet Connection"
|
||||
msgstr "Підключення Ethernet"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables"
|
||||
" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Підключіть до IoT Box усі пристрої, які повинні бути з'єднані кабелями "
|
||||
"(Ethernet, USB-пристрої тощо)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Power on the IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr "Увімкніть IoT Box."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the "
|
||||
"IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection "
|
||||
"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the"
|
||||
" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "WiFi Connection"
|
||||
msgstr "З'єднання з WiFi"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "Power on the IoT Box"
|
||||
msgstr "Увімкніть IoT Box."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Copy the token"
|
||||
msgstr "Скопіюйте токен"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable "
|
||||
"plugged in your computer)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Підключіть WiFi до IoT Box (переконайтеся, що в комп'ютері не підключено "
|
||||
"кабель Ethernet)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect "
|
||||
"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) "
|
||||
"and paste the token, then click on next."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ви будете перенаправлені на домашню сторінку IoT Box (якщо вона не працює, "
|
||||
"підключіться до IP-адреси коробки). Дайте назву вашому IoT Box (не "
|
||||
"обов'язково) і вставте токен, а потім натисніть кнопку Далі."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token "
|
||||
"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-"
|
||||
"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become "
|
||||
"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Якщо ви на Runbot, не забудьте додати -all або -base у токені (наприклад, "
|
||||
"цей токен **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-"
|
||||
"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** повинен стати "
|
||||
"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if "
|
||||
"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being "
|
||||
"redirected to your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Виберіть мережу WiFi, яку ви хочете підключити (введіть пароль, якщо такий "
|
||||
"є) і натисніть кнопку Надіслати. Зачекайте кілька секунд, перш ніж "
|
||||
"перенаправитися у базу даних."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "You should now see the IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr "Тепер ви можете бачити IoT Box."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78
|
||||
msgid "IoT Box Schema"
|
||||
msgstr "Схема IoT Box"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Flashing your SD Card"
|
||||
msgstr "Записування вашої SD картки"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from"
|
||||
" our latest updates."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"У деяких випадках вам може знадобитися перепрошивка вашої SD картки IoT Box,"
|
||||
" щоби скористатися нашими останніми оновленнями."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. "
|
||||
"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade "
|
||||
"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself "
|
||||
"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the "
|
||||
"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Upgrade with Etcher"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. "
|
||||
"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install "
|
||||
"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly "
|
||||
"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just "
|
||||
"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. "
|
||||
"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS"
|
||||
msgstr "Застосування IoT Box для точки продажу"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Prerequisites"
|
||||
msgstr "Передумови"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:"
|
||||
msgstr "Перш ніж почати, переконайтеся, що у вас є:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser"
|
||||
msgstr "Комп'ютер або планшет із сучасним веб-браузером"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps "
|
||||
"installed"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Запущена версія SaaS або Odoo зі встановленими програмами Точки продажу та "
|
||||
"IoT"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Налаштування локальної мережі за допомогою DHCP (це налаштування за "
|
||||
"замовчуванням)"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)"
|
||||
msgstr "Кабель RJ45 Ethernet (необов'язково, вбудований WiFi)"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash "
|
||||
"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of "
|
||||
"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Set Up"
|
||||
msgstr "Встановіть"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to "
|
||||
"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr "Потім, ви повинні підключити периферійні пристрої до вашого IoT Box."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the "
|
||||
"network and power it on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an "
|
||||
"RJ25 cable."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Касова скринька**: касова скринька повинна бути підключена до принтера за "
|
||||
"допомогою кабелю RJ25."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode"
|
||||
" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character "
|
||||
"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode "
|
||||
"scanner."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on."
|
||||
msgstr "**Ваги**: підключіть ваги і включіть їх."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. "
|
||||
"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by "
|
||||
"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please"
|
||||
" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation "
|
||||
"<../../point_of_sale/payment>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and"
|
||||
" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session."
|
||||
msgstr "Налаштування завершено, ви можете запустити нову сесію Точки продажу."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Troubleshooting"
|
||||
msgstr "Вирішення проблем"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "IoT Box Connection"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT "
|
||||
"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's "
|
||||
"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or "
|
||||
"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will"
|
||||
" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see "
|
||||
":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box "
|
||||
"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to"
|
||||
" the micro-USB port."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if "
|
||||
"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your "
|
||||
"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that "
|
||||
"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't "
|
||||
"use a multi-database environment."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on"
|
||||
" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local "
|
||||
"network."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "Printer"
|
||||
msgstr "Принтер"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52
|
||||
msgid "My printer is not detected"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT "
|
||||
"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers "
|
||||
"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you "
|
||||
"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "My printer outputs random text"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and "
|
||||
"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might "
|
||||
"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random "
|
||||
"characters."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box "
|
||||
"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select "
|
||||
"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify "
|
||||
"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to "
|
||||
"your printer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a "
|
||||
"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88
|
||||
msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is "
|
||||
"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, "
|
||||
"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by "
|
||||
"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer "
|
||||
"mode and look for the corresponding template."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97
|
||||
msgid "Barcode Scanner"
|
||||
msgstr "Сканер штрих-кодів"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100
|
||||
msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. "
|
||||
"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode "
|
||||
"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device "
|
||||
"and select the correct one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale "
|
||||
"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character"
|
||||
" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115
|
||||
msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode "
|
||||
"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the "
|
||||
"IoT Box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and "
|
||||
"activating the *Is scanner* option."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128
|
||||
msgid "Cashdrawer"
|
||||
msgstr "Касова скринька"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131
|
||||
msgid "The cashdrawer does not open"
|
||||
msgstr "Готівковий рахунок не відкривається"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* "
|
||||
"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Devices"
|
||||
msgstr "Пристрої"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connect a Camera"
|
||||
msgstr "Підключіть камеру"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can"
|
||||
" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you "
|
||||
"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. "
|
||||
"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality "
|
||||
"control point."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Під час використання *IoT Box* в Odoo, вам може знадобитися використання "
|
||||
"камери. Це можна зробити у кілька кроків, адже цей пристрій легкий у "
|
||||
"налаштуванні. Потім ви можете використовувати його у вашому виробництві та "
|
||||
"об'єднувати з пунктами контролю. Це дозволить вам фотографувати у той "
|
||||
"момент, коли ви досягаєте пункту контролю якості."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Connection"
|
||||
msgstr "Підключення"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-"
|
||||
"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as "
|
||||
"soon as it is connected."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Якщо ваша камера `*підтримується* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-"
|
||||
"hardware>`__, тоді не потрібно нічого встановлювати, оскільки її буде "
|
||||
"взначено, як тільки вона буде підключена."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point"
|
||||
msgstr "Об'єднайте камеру з пунктом контролю якості"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "With the Manufacturing app"
|
||||
msgstr "З модулем виробництво"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control "
|
||||
"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open "
|
||||
"the control point you want to link with the camera."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"У вашому *модулі Якості* ви можете встановити прилад на *Пункт контролю "
|
||||
"якості*. Перейдіть в меню *Пункти контролю* під *Контроль якості* і "
|
||||
"відкрийте пукт контролю, який ви хочете з'єднати з камерою."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown "
|
||||
"list. Now, hit save."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Тепер ви можете редагувати пункт контролю та обирати прилад із випадаючого "
|
||||
"списку. Тепер збережіть."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the "
|
||||
"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before"
|
||||
" will allow you to take a picture."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Потім вашу камеру можна використовувати з вибраним *Пунктом контролю*. "
|
||||
"Протягом процесу виробництва, досягнувши *Пункту контролю якості*, який ви "
|
||||
"обирали, перед тим, як вам буде дозволено зробити фото."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connect a Footswitch"
|
||||
msgstr "Підключіть ніжний перемикач"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using "
|
||||
"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Під час роботи завжди краще мати обидві руки вільними. Використовуючи *IoT "
|
||||
"Box* Odoo та педаль, ви зможете цього досягнути."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform "
|
||||
"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be "
|
||||
"configured in a few steps."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect"
|
||||
" the two by cable."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-"
|
||||
"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be "
|
||||
"automatically detected when connected."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Якщо ваша педаль `підтримується <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,"
|
||||
" не потрібно нічого встановлювати, як тільки вона буде автоматично визначена"
|
||||
" після підключення."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter"
|
||||
msgstr "З'єднайте педаль з робочим центром"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a "
|
||||
"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add "
|
||||
"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and"
|
||||
" also add a key to trigger it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Щоб з'єднати педаль із дією, необхідно налаштувати педаль у робочому центрі."
|
||||
" Перейдіть у робочий центр, в якому ви хочете використовувати педаль та "
|
||||
"додайте пристрій на вкладці *Запуски IoT*. Потім ви зможете з'єднати її з "
|
||||
"дією, а також додати ключ для її запуску."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order "
|
||||
"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, "
|
||||
"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Занотуйте, що зі списку буде обрано перший пристрій. Тому порядок має "
|
||||
"значення! Як показано на зображенні нижче, використовуючи педаль, буде "
|
||||
"автоматично пропущено поточну частину процесу, з якою ви працюєте."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are "
|
||||
"correctly connected to the footswitch."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Коли ви на формі робочого замовлення, кнопка статусу вказує, чи ви правильно"
|
||||
" підключили педаль."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool"
|
||||
msgstr "Підключіть інструмент вимірювання"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your "
|
||||
"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"З *IoT Box* Odoo можливо підключити інструменти вимірювання до вашої бази "
|
||||
"даних. Знайдіть список підтримуваних пристроїв тут: `Підтримувані пристрої "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Connect in USB"
|
||||
msgstr "Підключіть через USB"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, "
|
||||
"and the device should appear in your Odoo database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Connect in Bluetooth"
|
||||
msgstr "Підключіться через Bluetooth"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further "
|
||||
"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the "
|
||||
"device."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Активуйте Bluetooth на вашому пристрої (див. посібник із пристрою для "
|
||||
"подальшого пояснення) і IoT Box автоматично спробує підключитися до "
|
||||
"пристроя."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:"
|
||||
msgstr "Ось приклад, як це має виглядати:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point"
|
||||
msgstr "З'єднайте інструмент вимірювання з пунктом контролю якості"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control "
|
||||
"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* "
|
||||
"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"У вашому *модулі Якості*, ви можете встановити пристрій у ваші *Пункти "
|
||||
"контролю якості*. Щоб зробити це, перейдіть у меню *Пункти контролю*, під "
|
||||
"*Контролем якості* та відкрийте пункт контролю, в який ви хочете призначити "
|
||||
"інструмент вимірювання."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown "
|
||||
"list. Then, hit save."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Тепер ви можете редагувати пункт контролю та обирати пристрій з випадаючого "
|
||||
"списку. Потім збережіть налаштування."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The "
|
||||
"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated "
|
||||
"while the tool is being used."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Тепер ваш інструмент вимірювання з'єднано з обраним *Пунктом контролю*. "
|
||||
"Значення, яке вимагає змін вручну, буде автоматично оновлено, поки "
|
||||
"використовується інструмент."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connect a Printer"
|
||||
msgstr "Підключіть принтер"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so"
|
||||
" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use "
|
||||
"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Використовуючи *IoT Box* в Odoo, вам може знадобитися принтер. Зробити це "
|
||||
"можна легко і просто лише за кілька кроків. Птм ви зможете використовувати "
|
||||
"принтер для друку чеків, замовлень чи навіть звітів у різних модулях Odoo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. "
|
||||
"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be "
|
||||
"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT "
|
||||
"app."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list."
|
||||
msgstr "Принтер може з'являтися у списку пристроїв протягом двох хвилин."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Link the Printer"
|
||||
msgstr "Підключіть принтер"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "To Work Orders"
|
||||
msgstr "До робочих замовлень"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to "
|
||||
"print labels for manufactured products."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ви можете з'єднати *Робочі замовлення* з принтерами через *Пункт контролю "
|
||||
"якості* для друку етикеток виготовлених товарів."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* "
|
||||
"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work "
|
||||
"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Щоб зробити це вам необхідно створити *Пункт контролю якості* з модуля "
|
||||
"*Якість*. Потім ви можете обрати корегувати виробничу операцію та операцію "
|
||||
"робочого замовлення. У типі оберіть *Друк етикети* та збережіть."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a"
|
||||
" *Print Label* button will appear."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Тепер щоразу, коли ви досягаєте пункту контролю якості для обраного товару, "
|
||||
"буде з'являтися кнопка *Друк етикетки*."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "To Reports"
|
||||
msgstr "До звітів"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, "
|
||||
"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ви також можете з'єднати тип звіту з певним принтером. У модулі *IoT*, "
|
||||
"перейдіть в меню *Пристрої* та оберіть принтер, який ви хочете встановити."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab."
|
||||
msgstr "Тепер перейдіть на вкладку *Звіти принтера*."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check"
|
||||
" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on "
|
||||
"select and save."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Натисніть редагувати та на *Додати рядок*. У вікні, яке відкриється, "
|
||||
"перевірте всі типи звітів, які будуть пов'язані з цим принтером. Натисніть "
|
||||
"обрати та зберегти."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of "
|
||||
"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically"
|
||||
" print it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Тепер щоразу, коли ви натискаєте на *Друк* в панелі контролю, замість "
|
||||
"завантаження PDF, система надішле файл на обраний принтер та автоматично "
|
||||
"роздрукує його."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73
|
||||
msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS"
|
||||
msgstr "Друкуйте чеки з Точки продажу"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts"
|
||||
" directly from your *PoS*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ви можете з'єднати принтер з вашим модулем *Точка продажу*, тому ви можете "
|
||||
"друкувати чеки прямо з вашої *Точки продажу*."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point"
|
||||
" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check "
|
||||
"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the "
|
||||
"dropdown."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: "
|
||||
"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated "
|
||||
"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar "
|
||||
"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the "
|
||||
"current day."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Деталі продажу можна роздрукувати, коли ви натискаєте на іконку друку на "
|
||||
"верхній панелі *Точки продажу*. Вона роздрукує деталі продажу поточного дня."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant"
|
||||
" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the "
|
||||
"left panel of the *PoS*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107
|
||||
msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen"
|
||||
msgstr "Друкуйте замовлення на кухні"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109
|
||||
msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen."
|
||||
msgstr "В режимі ресторану ви можете надсилати квитанції замовлення на кухню."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick "
|
||||
"*Order Printer*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Щоб зробити це перейдіть у модуль *Точки продажу* і відкрийте ваші "
|
||||
"налаштування *Точки продажу*. Потім позначте *Принтер замовлень*."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the "
|
||||
"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the "
|
||||
"categories of products that should be printed on this printer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected "
|
||||
"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT "
|
||||
"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Загальний огляд"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Get Started with Live Chat"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It "
|
||||
"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers"
|
||||
" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: "
|
||||
"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Set up"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created "
|
||||
"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to"
|
||||
" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
|
||||
"Live Chat`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "For both scenarios, under:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as "
|
||||
"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in "
|
||||
"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an "
|
||||
"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is "
|
||||
"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. "
|
||||
"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after "
|
||||
"users (from any country) land on the contact us page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s "
|
||||
"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. "
|
||||
"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "External options"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added"
|
||||
" to your own, under the *Widget* tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a "
|
||||
"single live chat page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59
|
||||
msgid "Managing chat requests"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are "
|
||||
"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in"
|
||||
" Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online "
|
||||
"operators."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "Leave or join a channel"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your "
|
||||
"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`ratings`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`responses`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Ratings"
|
||||
msgstr "Оцінювання"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you "
|
||||
"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your "
|
||||
"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Customer Rating"
|
||||
msgstr "Рейтинг клієнта"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing "
|
||||
"for an explanation is shown."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "Make the rating public"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your "
|
||||
"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the "
|
||||
"rating of that channel on your website."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Commands and Canned Responses"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-"
|
||||
"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Use commands"
|
||||
msgstr "Використовуйте команди"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "**/help**: shows a help message."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your "
|
||||
"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> "
|
||||
"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut "
|
||||
"link."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as"
|
||||
" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "Send canned responses"
|
||||
msgstr "Надсилайте фіксовані відповіді"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when "
|
||||
"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat "
|
||||
"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the "
|
||||
"shortcut word you created."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,570 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Marketing"
|
||||
msgstr "Маркетинг"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Marketing Automation"
|
||||
msgstr "Автоматизація маркетингу"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced"
|
||||
msgstr "Розширено"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Understanding Metrics"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way "
|
||||
"of linking your employees to goals."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics"
|
||||
" in a graph form and in numbers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Let’s consider the example below:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down"
|
||||
" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an"
|
||||
" email address set."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they "
|
||||
"have matched the criteria."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will"
|
||||
" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or "
|
||||
"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in "
|
||||
"the meantime will be excluded from later activities."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, "
|
||||
"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - "
|
||||
"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants,"
|
||||
" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as "
|
||||
"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number "
|
||||
"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under "
|
||||
"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be"
|
||||
" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its "
|
||||
"domain one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number "
|
||||
"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match"
|
||||
" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to "
|
||||
"the total number of participants."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to "
|
||||
"*Rejected*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected "
|
||||
"participants, per day, for the last 15 days."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be "
|
||||
"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from "
|
||||
"the beginning (parent action)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "SMS Marketing"
|
||||
msgstr "SMS-маркетинг"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Pricing and FAQ"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires "
|
||||
"prepaid credits* to work."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message,"
|
||||
" that includes the following characters:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in "
|
||||
"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above"
|
||||
" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the "
|
||||
"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The "
|
||||
"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message "
|
||||
"represents."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of "
|
||||
"characters) of the message."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https"
|
||||
"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in "
|
||||
"your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "How do I buy credits?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57
|
||||
msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
|
||||
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Якщо ви на Odoo Online (SAAS) і у вас версія Enterprise, для тестування "
|
||||
"функції ви користуєтесь безкоштовними пробними кредитами."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70
|
||||
msgid "More common questions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "No, credits do not expire."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because "
|
||||
"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83
|
||||
msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85
|
||||
msgid "Yes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88
|
||||
msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90
|
||||
msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to "
|
||||
"send them all?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent "
|
||||
"until you have enough credits to send them all."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99
|
||||
msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding "
|
||||
"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on "
|
||||
":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` under "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107
|
||||
msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109
|
||||
msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I "
|
||||
"lose credits?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). "
|
||||
"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the "
|
||||
"credit will be lost."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a"
|
||||
" ticket for a festival)?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be "
|
||||
"charged."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125
|
||||
msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128
|
||||
msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132
|
||||
msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you "
|
||||
"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs "
|
||||
"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Survey"
|
||||
msgstr "Опитування"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Загальний огляд"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Get Started with Surveys"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting "
|
||||
"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased "
|
||||
"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy"
|
||||
" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your "
|
||||
"market is thinking."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Get started"
|
||||
msgstr "Розпочніть"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* "
|
||||
"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as "
|
||||
"different applications might use it for different purposes such as "
|
||||
"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Questions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and "
|
||||
"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and "
|
||||
"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey "
|
||||
"without answering the respective question."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and "
|
||||
"different possibilities. Examples:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length "
|
||||
"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or"
|
||||
" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the"
|
||||
" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately "
|
||||
"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, "
|
||||
"with which a text type field is displayed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per "
|
||||
"row."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Description"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's "
|
||||
"homepage."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Options"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing "
|
||||
"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* "
|
||||
"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:67
|
||||
msgid "Test and share the survey"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential "
|
||||
"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the "
|
||||
"details of the respondent and his answers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of "
|
||||
"entries clean with only real participants."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:79
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:87
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`scoring`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:88
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`time_random`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Scoring Surveys"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall"
|
||||
" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The "
|
||||
"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab "
|
||||
"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring "
|
||||
"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right "
|
||||
"answer and score."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully "
|
||||
"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The "
|
||||
"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully "
|
||||
"finish it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to "
|
||||
"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors "
|
||||
"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted "
|
||||
"badges."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Time and Randomize Questions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Time Limit"
|
||||
msgstr "Ліміт часу"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain "
|
||||
"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same "
|
||||
"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them"
|
||||
" looking at external resources."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining "
|
||||
"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers"
|
||||
" saved."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Selection"
|
||||
msgstr "Вибір"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a"
|
||||
" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful"
|
||||
" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, "
|
||||
"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section "
|
||||
"should be taken into account during the shuffling."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@@ -1,376 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Marketing Automation"
|
||||
msgstr "Автоматизація маркетингу"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced"
|
||||
msgstr "Розширено"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Understanding Metrics"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way "
|
||||
"of linking your employees to goals."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics"
|
||||
" in a graph form and in numbers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Let’s consider the example below:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down"
|
||||
" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an"
|
||||
" email address set."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they "
|
||||
"have matched the criteria."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will"
|
||||
" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or "
|
||||
"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in "
|
||||
"the meantime will be excluded from later activities."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, "
|
||||
"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - "
|
||||
"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants,"
|
||||
" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as "
|
||||
"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number "
|
||||
"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under "
|
||||
"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be"
|
||||
" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its "
|
||||
"domain one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number "
|
||||
"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match"
|
||||
" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to "
|
||||
"the total number of participants."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to "
|
||||
"*Rejected*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected "
|
||||
"participants, per day, for the last 15 days."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be "
|
||||
"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from "
|
||||
"the beginning (parent action)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Загальний огляд"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-"
|
||||
"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, "
|
||||
"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and "
|
||||
"creates a seamless experience for employees."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Segment and create a campaign"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully "
|
||||
"integrated with *Contacts*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are "
|
||||
"installed in your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the "
|
||||
"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the "
|
||||
"criteria will be added to the workflow."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at "
|
||||
"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign "
|
||||
"will stop running."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Click on *Add new activity*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being "
|
||||
"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters "
|
||||
"for this specific activity."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "Add Child Activities"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the "
|
||||
"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked "
|
||||
"or not, the email bounced back."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`segment`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Segment the Database with Filters"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "How to work with filters"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow"
|
||||
" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables "
|
||||
"within it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is "
|
||||
"called a *branch* (...)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the "
|
||||
"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one"
|
||||
" rule or the other."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "Use cases"
|
||||
msgstr "Використовуйте різні варіанти"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag "
|
||||
"name."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event "
|
||||
"that purchase a specific category of ticket."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55
|
||||
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket "
|
||||
"solved."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow "
|
||||
"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding "
|
||||
"mistakes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Launch a test"
|
||||
msgstr "Запустити тест"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Click on *Launch a test*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the "
|
||||
"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop"
|
||||
" the whole workflow click on *Stop*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not "
|
||||
"introducing wrong inputs to reports."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "Start and stop a workflow"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The "
|
||||
"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will"
|
||||
" be shown on the status bar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "Participants and their specific workflow"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the "
|
||||
"campaign."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific"
|
||||
" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the "
|
||||
"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on "
|
||||
"*Cancel*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Mobile"
|
||||
msgstr "Мобільний"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Push Notifications"
|
||||
msgstr "Push-сповіщення"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to "
|
||||
"enable push notifications in the mobile app."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Для Odoo 12.0, 13.0 або новішої версії більше немає складної конфігурації, "
|
||||
"щоб включити push-сповіщення в мобільному додатку."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud "
|
||||
"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Просто перейдіть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування "
|
||||
"--> Сповіщення Odoo Cloud (OCN)` та переконайтеся, що позначені **Пуш-"
|
||||
"сповіщення**."
|
||||
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Planning"
|
||||
msgstr "Планування"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Загальний огляд"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create"
|
||||
" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high"
|
||||
" level."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Організовуйте регулярні розклади або прогнозуйте проекти на довгостроковій "
|
||||
"основі. Створюйте зміни, щоб керувати своїми завданнями, розподіляти "
|
||||
"працівників та залишатися організованими на високому рівні."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Organize your team by roles"
|
||||
msgstr "Організуйте вашу команду за ролями"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to"
|
||||
" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under "
|
||||
"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Перейдіть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Ролі --> Створити`. Додатково "
|
||||
"перейдіть у модуль *Співробітники*, оберіть відповідного співробітника і під"
|
||||
" вкладкою *Робоча інформація* оберіть *Роль планування за замовчуванням*."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Make shifts recurrent"
|
||||
msgstr "Зробіть зміни періодичними"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you "
|
||||
"from the need of re-planning it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Створюючи зміну, виберіть *Повторити* та налаштуйте за необхідністю, "
|
||||
"позбавляючи себе від необхідності її повторного планування."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is "
|
||||
"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, "
|
||||
"from *Settings*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "Save shifts as templates"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the "
|
||||
"future, click on *Save as a Template*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||||
"Shifts Templates --> Create`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55
|
||||
msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or "
|
||||
"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, "
|
||||
"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you "
|
||||
"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation "
|
||||
"time, for example."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing"
|
||||
" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you "
|
||||
"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include"
|
||||
" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish "
|
||||
"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned "
|
||||
"tasks:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts"
|
||||
msgstr "Дозвольте співробітника скасовувати самостійно призначення на зміни"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an "
|
||||
"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I "
|
||||
"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to "
|
||||
"take it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,234 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "My Odoo Portal"
|
||||
msgstr "Мій портал Odoo"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between "
|
||||
"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and "
|
||||
"subscriptions."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"У цій секції порталу ви знайдете усю комунікацію між вами та Odoo: "
|
||||
"документи, такі як комерційні пропозиції, замовлення на продаж, рахунки та "
|
||||
"підписки."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to "
|
||||
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. If you are already logged in, just "
|
||||
"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Quotations"
|
||||
msgstr "Комерційні пропозиції"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
|
||||
"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to "
|
||||
"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Тут ви знайдете усі комерційні пропозиції, надіслані Odoo. Наприклад, "
|
||||
"комерційна пропозиція може бути створена для вас після додавання заявки чи "
|
||||
"користувача у вашу базу даних або коли ваш контракт потрібно оновити."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is "
|
||||
"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on "
|
||||
"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the "
|
||||
"pricing and other useful information."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Колонка *Дійсно до* показує дату, до якої діє комерційна пропозиція; після "
|
||||
"цієї дати комерційну пропозицію буде \"Протерміновано\". Натиснувши на "
|
||||
"комерційну пропозицію, ви побачите усі деталі пропозиції, такі як ціна та "
|
||||
"інша корисна інформація."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the "
|
||||
"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
|
||||
" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Якщо ви хочете прийняти комерційну пропозицію, просто натисніть \"Прийняти "
|
||||
"та Оплатити,\" і комерційна пропозиція буде підтверджена. Якщо ви не хочете "
|
||||
"підтверджувати її або ви хочете попросити про деякі зміни, натисніть на "
|
||||
"\"Попросити про відхилення змін.\""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Sales Orders"
|
||||
msgstr "Замовлення на продаж"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be"
|
||||
" registered under this section."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Усі ваші купівлі всередині Odoo (Допродажі, Теми, Модулі тощо) будуть "
|
||||
"зареєстровані під цією секцією."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products "
|
||||
"purchased and process the payment."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Натиснувши на замовлення на продаж, ви можете переглянути деталі куплених "
|
||||
"товарів та обробити платіж."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Invoices"
|
||||
msgstr "Рахунки"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in "
|
||||
"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has"
|
||||
" been paid."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Усі рахунки ваших підписок та/або замовлень на продаж будуть відображатися у"
|
||||
" цій секції. Тег перед заборгованою сумою буде вказувати, чи рахунок-фактуру"
|
||||
" оплачено."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
|
||||
"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Просто натисніть на рахунок,якщо ви хочете побачити більше інформації, "
|
||||
"оплатити рахунок чи завантажити PDF-версію документа."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:69
|
||||
msgid "Tickets"
|
||||
msgstr "Заявки"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`,"
|
||||
" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have "
|
||||
"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and "
|
||||
"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Коли ви надсилаєте заявку через `Підтримку Odoo "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`, буде створено заявку. Тут ви можете знайти усі"
|
||||
" заявки, які ви відкрили, розмову між вами та нашими агентами, статуси та ID"
|
||||
" (# Ref) заявок."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
|
||||
msgid "Subscriptions"
|
||||
msgstr "Підписки"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first "
|
||||
"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ви можете отримати доступ до ваших підписок через Odoo з цього розділу. "
|
||||
"Перша сторінка показує вам підписки, які у вас є, та їхній статус."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:87
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding "
|
||||
"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, "
|
||||
"and the payment method."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Натиснувши на підписку, ви отримаєте доступ на всі деталі вашого плану: "
|
||||
"кількість куплених модулей, інформацію про виставлення рахунку, та метод "
|
||||
"платежу."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:91
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
|
||||
"the new credit card details."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Щоб змінити метод платежу, натисніть на \"Змінити метод платежу\" та введіть"
|
||||
" нові дані кредитної картки."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:97
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by "
|
||||
"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click"
|
||||
" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Якщо ви хочете вилучити збережені кредитні картки, ви можете зробити це, "
|
||||
"натиснувши на \"Управління вашими методами платежу\" внизу сторінки. "
|
||||
"Натисніть \"Видалити\", щоби видалити метод платежу."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:105
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
|
||||
" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
|
||||
"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method "
|
||||
"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will "
|
||||
"no longer be able to access the database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:111
|
||||
msgid "Success Packs"
|
||||
msgstr "Пакети послуг"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:112
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
|
||||
"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
|
||||
"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These "
|
||||
"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"З Пакетом послуг/Партнерським пакетом послуг вам призначений експерт для "
|
||||
"надання персоналізованої допомоги в налаштуванні вашого рішення та "
|
||||
"оптимізації ваших робочих процесів як частини вашого внутрішнього "
|
||||
"впровадження. Ці години ніколи не втрачають термін дії, дозволяючи вам "
|
||||
"використовувати їх тоді, коли вам потрібна підтримка."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:118
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
|
||||
":ref:`db_online`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Якщо вам потрібна інформація про те, як керувати своєю базою даних, дивіться"
|
||||
" :ref:`db_online`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:121
|
||||
msgid "Delete your Odoo.com account"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:123
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In order to delete your Odoo.com account, you have to reach out to our "
|
||||
"`Support Services <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126
|
||||
msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you wish instead to formally request the deletion of all the information "
|
||||
"connected to your email address as per the European Union General Data "
|
||||
"Protection Regulation (GDPR), please send an email to privacy@odoo.com."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../practical.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Practical Information"
|
||||
msgstr "Практична інформація"
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Project"
|
||||
msgstr "Проект"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/planning.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Planning"
|
||||
msgstr "Планування"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that"
|
||||
" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate "
|
||||
"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your "
|
||||
"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Allocate times under shifts"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a"
|
||||
" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would "
|
||||
"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that "
|
||||
"information in hours on *Allocated hours*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End "
|
||||
"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the"
|
||||
" total number of employees allocated per project."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to "
|
||||
"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the "
|
||||
"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the "
|
||||
"*Progress*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Tasks"
|
||||
msgstr "Завдання"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of "
|
||||
"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link "
|
||||
"that address to your project and transform those conversations into "
|
||||
"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a "
|
||||
"project."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Set up an incoming email server"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define "
|
||||
"the incoming email alias you would like to use."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "Configure the email alias in your project"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the "
|
||||
"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive"
|
||||
" a message."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as "
|
||||
"followers of the task."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@@ -1,884 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-11 09:05+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Purchase"
|
||||
msgstr "Купівлі"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced"
|
||||
msgstr "Розширено"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to "
|
||||
"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to "
|
||||
"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if "
|
||||
"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you "
|
||||
"negotiate discounts on prices."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Generate customized reports"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the "
|
||||
"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual "
|
||||
"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart "
|
||||
"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it,"
|
||||
" key metrics and a pivot table."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and "
|
||||
"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Use filters to select the data you need"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on "
|
||||
"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the "
|
||||
"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates "
|
||||
"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured "
|
||||
"filters are:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the "
|
||||
"previous year, canceled purchase orders included"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases "
|
||||
"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, "
|
||||
"depending on their date of confirmation"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at "
|
||||
"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*"
|
||||
" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you"
|
||||
" filtered with the previous one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59
|
||||
msgid "Add custom filters"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your"
|
||||
" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the "
|
||||
"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and "
|
||||
"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions "
|
||||
"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom "
|
||||
"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and "
|
||||
"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired "
|
||||
"filtering options, click on *Apply*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking"
|
||||
" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The "
|
||||
"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or "
|
||||
"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "Measure exactly what you need"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you "
|
||||
"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard "
|
||||
"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to "
|
||||
"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at "
|
||||
"the top right of the dashboard."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92
|
||||
msgid "Visualize your data"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the "
|
||||
"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, "
|
||||
"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using"
|
||||
" one or several of the 19 *Groups*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first "
|
||||
"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds "
|
||||
"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked "
|
||||
"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are "
|
||||
"displayed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "Explore your data"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. "
|
||||
"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures "
|
||||
"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the "
|
||||
"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new "
|
||||
"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add "
|
||||
"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and"
|
||||
" so on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or "
|
||||
"export it as an Excel file."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Manage deals"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: "
|
||||
"blanket orders and call for tenders."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to "
|
||||
"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your "
|
||||
"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same "
|
||||
"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different "
|
||||
"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process "
|
||||
"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple "
|
||||
"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often "
|
||||
"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods "
|
||||
"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal "
|
||||
"among several vendors."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Enable purchase agreements"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
|
||||
" activate *Purchase Agreements*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured "
|
||||
"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase "
|
||||
"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls "
|
||||
"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure "
|
||||
"the:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using "
|
||||
"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both"
|
||||
" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only "
|
||||
"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where "
|
||||
"you only want to select a single vendor."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, "
|
||||
"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your"
|
||||
" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines "
|
||||
"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-"
|
||||
"filled in with that information."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify "
|
||||
"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new "
|
||||
"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set "
|
||||
"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities"
|
||||
" of agreement*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59
|
||||
msgid "Set up a blanket order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*."
|
||||
" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. "
|
||||
"The other fields aren't mandatory, but you usually want to define an "
|
||||
"*Agreement Deadline* after which the blanket order won't be valid anymore."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can "
|
||||
"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with"
|
||||
" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If "
|
||||
"you have configured your blanked order to *Set quantities manually*, this is"
|
||||
" only used for informational purposes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the "
|
||||
"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on "
|
||||
"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready "
|
||||
"to be used."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:79
|
||||
msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need "
|
||||
"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for "
|
||||
"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket"
|
||||
" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, "
|
||||
"product lines can also be pre-filled."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under "
|
||||
"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it"
|
||||
" to an existing *Blanket Order*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:98
|
||||
msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:100
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment "
|
||||
"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed,"
|
||||
" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is"
|
||||
" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:109
|
||||
msgid "Set up a call for tenders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:111
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*."
|
||||
" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't"
|
||||
" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an "
|
||||
"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for "
|
||||
"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:116
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for"
|
||||
" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you "
|
||||
"their best quote."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:119
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the "
|
||||
"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:127
|
||||
msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:129
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New "
|
||||
"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for"
|
||||
" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you "
|
||||
"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send "
|
||||
"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process "
|
||||
"for each vendor."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:139
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving "
|
||||
"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, "
|
||||
"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:147
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your "
|
||||
"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and "
|
||||
"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. "
|
||||
"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each "
|
||||
"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: "
|
||||
"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check "
|
||||
"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on "
|
||||
"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know"
|
||||
" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or "
|
||||
"fraudulent vendor bills."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "Vendor bills default control policy"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control "
|
||||
"policy for all the products created onwards."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon "
|
||||
"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are "
|
||||
"used to generate the draft bill."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once"
|
||||
" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The "
|
||||
"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try"
|
||||
" to create one without having received any product, you get an error "
|
||||
"message."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "Change a specific product's control policy"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to "
|
||||
"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control "
|
||||
"policy."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "View a purchase order's billing status"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the"
|
||||
" *Other Information* tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they "
|
||||
"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60
|
||||
msgid "**Billing status**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60
|
||||
msgid "**Conditions**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62
|
||||
msgid "*On received quantities*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62
|
||||
msgid "*On ordered quantities*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64
|
||||
msgid "*Nothing to Bill*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64
|
||||
msgid "PO confirmed; no products received"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64
|
||||
msgid "*(Not applicable)*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "*Waiting Bills*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "All/some products received; bill not created"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "PO confirmed"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "*Fully Billed*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "Draft bill created"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way"
|
||||
" matching*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On "
|
||||
"received quantities*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84
|
||||
msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?"
|
||||
msgstr "Чи повинен я сплачувати цей рахунок постачальника?"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be "
|
||||
"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if "
|
||||
"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have "
|
||||
"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* "
|
||||
"when you create one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, "
|
||||
"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It"
|
||||
" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason "
|
||||
"to have done so."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be "
|
||||
"Paid* status is set to *No*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can "
|
||||
"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Products"
|
||||
msgstr "Товари"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* "
|
||||
"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock "
|
||||
"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is "
|
||||
"created."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Configure your storable product"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's "
|
||||
"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add "
|
||||
"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering "
|
||||
"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it "
|
||||
"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a "
|
||||
"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity "
|
||||
"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have "
|
||||
"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that "
|
||||
"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices "
|
||||
"for different quantities."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled "
|
||||
"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown"
|
||||
" in the image above. For more information, see "
|
||||
":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of "
|
||||
"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*"
|
||||
" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, "
|
||||
"select *Dropship*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Set up your reordering rule"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:52
|
||||
msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||||
"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||||
"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view "
|
||||
"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to "
|
||||
"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click "
|
||||
"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future "
|
||||
"orders included."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "Define quantities"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, "
|
||||
"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy "
|
||||
"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that "
|
||||
"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales "
|
||||
"order for example."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be "
|
||||
"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order"
|
||||
" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. "
|
||||
"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering "
|
||||
"rule."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches "
|
||||
"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and "
|
||||
"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might "
|
||||
"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity "
|
||||
"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and "
|
||||
"respect the set quantity multiple."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:92
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory "
|
||||
"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by "
|
||||
"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred "
|
||||
"Route* column, and selecting the right route."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different"
|
||||
" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion "
|
||||
"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to "
|
||||
"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your "
|
||||
"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Consider the following examples:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**."
|
||||
" However, your customers are European and use **liters**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces "
|
||||
"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Enable units of measure"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. "
|
||||
"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "Standard units of measure"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. "
|
||||
"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: "
|
||||
"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories "
|
||||
"(see next section)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the "
|
||||
"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a "
|
||||
"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*"
|
||||
" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as "
|
||||
"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of "
|
||||
"Measure* to be used for purchases."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in "
|
||||
"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* "
|
||||
"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase"
|
||||
" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because "
|
||||
"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate"
|
||||
" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:62
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the "
|
||||
"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, "
|
||||
"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both"
|
||||
" units of measure."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure "
|
||||
"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:76
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting"
|
||||
" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name"
|
||||
" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the"
|
||||
" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter "
|
||||
"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by "
|
||||
"Odoo is always a multiple of this value."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use "
|
||||
"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:89
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might "
|
||||
"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it "
|
||||
"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower"
|
||||
" than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode "
|
||||
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal "
|
||||
"Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. "
|
||||
"For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set "
|
||||
"*Digits* to 5."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of"
|
||||
" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or "
|
||||
"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:100
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select "
|
||||
"*Smaller*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the "
|
||||
"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater "
|
||||
"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:106
|
||||
msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:112
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard "
|
||||
"units of measure."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@@ -1,466 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Quality"
|
||||
msgstr "Якість"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Alert"
|
||||
msgstr "Сповіщення"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to "
|
||||
"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Simple manufacturing flow"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be "
|
||||
"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product "
|
||||
"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* "
|
||||
"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose "
|
||||
"during the process."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the "
|
||||
"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality "
|
||||
"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality "
|
||||
"checks took place."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. "
|
||||
"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that "
|
||||
"appeared during the process."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Use the Quality Alert"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality "
|
||||
"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically "
|
||||
"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the "
|
||||
"problem with the product."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the "
|
||||
"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under"
|
||||
" *Control*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Checks"
|
||||
msgstr "Перевірки"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo "
|
||||
"processes:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of"
|
||||
" routings in Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Create the Quality Control Point"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to"
|
||||
" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check "
|
||||
"you want to perform."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Process the Quality Check"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a "
|
||||
"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the "
|
||||
"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the "
|
||||
"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening "
|
||||
"the quality checks menu, under quality control."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and "
|
||||
"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. "
|
||||
"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order "
|
||||
"operation on which the quality check should be performed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality "
|
||||
"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the "
|
||||
"type of quality check."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a "
|
||||
"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to "
|
||||
"generate the necessary work orders."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this "
|
||||
"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table "
|
||||
"Top component."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, "
|
||||
"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, "
|
||||
"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific "
|
||||
"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for"
|
||||
" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button "
|
||||
"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be "
|
||||
"displayed and will require the check value."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding "
|
||||
"transfer and access it by clicking on the button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red "
|
||||
"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by "
|
||||
"highlighting the corresponding button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening"
|
||||
" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Control"
|
||||
msgstr "Контроль"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Define Quality Control Points"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. "
|
||||
"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and "
|
||||
"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed"
|
||||
" expectations. It also helps minimize waste."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality "
|
||||
"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality "
|
||||
"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that "
|
||||
"the company then has to rework or scrap."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With "
|
||||
"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Quality Control Points"
|
||||
msgstr "Пункти контролю якості"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> "
|
||||
"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which"
|
||||
" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it "
|
||||
"takes place also is to be defined here."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the "
|
||||
"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of "
|
||||
"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process "
|
||||
"the quality control point needs to be applied."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take"
|
||||
" place:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks"
|
||||
" to perform;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The "
|
||||
"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The "
|
||||
"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Quality Control Point Types"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There "
|
||||
"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a "
|
||||
"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62
|
||||
msgid "Text"
|
||||
msgstr "Текст"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the "
|
||||
"transfer or during the manufacturing process."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "Take a Picture"
|
||||
msgstr "Зробити зображення"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a "
|
||||
"transfer or when manufacturing it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera "
|
||||
"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102
|
||||
msgid "Pass-Fail"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific "
|
||||
"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message "
|
||||
"giving instructions to follow in case of failure."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127
|
||||
msgid "Take a Measure"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a "
|
||||
"transfer or during the manufacturing process."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements,"
|
||||
" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good "
|
||||
"measures can are automatically accepted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives "
|
||||
"instructions to the worker."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools "
|
||||
"<../../iot/devices/camera>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159
|
||||
msgid "Register Consumed Materials"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the "
|
||||
"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182
|
||||
msgid "This type is only available when working with routings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176
|
||||
msgid "Register By-Products"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot "
|
||||
"number of the by-products that are manufactured."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193
|
||||
msgid "Print Label"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the "
|
||||
"product during the manufacturing process."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer "
|
||||
"<../../iot/devices/printer>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Semeniuk <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../recruitment.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Recruitment"
|
||||
msgstr "Рекрутинг"
|
||||
+4603
-579
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Settings"
|
||||
msgstr "Налаштування"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Users and Features"
|
||||
msgstr "Користувачі та додатки"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. "
|
||||
"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently "
|
||||
"in use."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Як адміністратор вашої бази даних, ви несете відповідальність за її "
|
||||
"використання. Вона включає додатки, які ви встановлюєте, а також кількість "
|
||||
"користувачів, які наразі користуються системою."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) "
|
||||
"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing "
|
||||
"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your "
|
||||
"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a "
|
||||
"paying one on our online platform)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"В Odoo є багато речей (ERP, CMS, додаток CRM, бекенд електронної комерції "
|
||||
"тощо), але це не смартфон. Ви повинні бути обережними при "
|
||||
"додаванні/видаленні функцій (особливо додатків) у вашій базі даних, оскільки"
|
||||
" це може суттєво вплинути на суму вашої підписки (або ви можете "
|
||||
"переключитися з безкоштовної версії на платну на онлайн-платформі Odoo)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo "
|
||||
"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise "
|
||||
"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something "
|
||||
"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ця сторінка містить деяку інформацію про те, як можна керувати версіями "
|
||||
"Odoo. Перш ніж виконувати будь-яку з цих дій, **настійно** радимо спочатку "
|
||||
"протестувати їх на копії вашої бази даних. Таким чином, якщо щось піде не "
|
||||
"так, на ваш щоденний бізнес нічого не впливає."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online"
|
||||
" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` "
|
||||
"installations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ви можете знайти довідники про те, як дублювати свої бази даних як. "
|
||||
":ref:`онлайн <duplicate_online>` так і :ref:`на вашому хостингу "
|
||||
"<duplicate_premise>."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an "
|
||||
"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our "
|
||||
"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Якщо у вас виникли запитання щодо вмісту цієї сторінки або виникли проблеми "
|
||||
"під час виконання цих дій, зв'яжіться з нами за допомогою нашої `форми "
|
||||
"підтримки <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Deactivating Users"
|
||||
msgstr "Деактивація користувачів"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to "
|
||||
"change the status of any of your users."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Переконайтеся, що у вас є достатньо **адміністративних прав**, якщо ви "
|
||||
"хочете змінити статус будь-якого з ваших користувачів."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section "
|
||||
"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"У вашій версії Odoo, натисніть **Налаштування**. У вас буде секція, яка "
|
||||
"показуватиме вам активних користувачів вашої бази даних. Натисніть "
|
||||
"**Керувати користувачами.**"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79
|
||||
msgid "|settings|"
|
||||
msgstr "|settings|"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "|browse_users|"
|
||||
msgstr "|browse_users|"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "You'll then see the list of your users."
|
||||
msgstr "Після цього ви побачите список ваших користувачів."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different "
|
||||
"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll "
|
||||
"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Заздалегідь вибраний фільтр *Внутрішні користувачі* покаже ваших платних "
|
||||
"користувачів (відмінних від *Користувачів порталу*, які є безкоштовними). "
|
||||
"Якщо ви видалите цей фільтр, ви отримаєте всіх своїх користувачів (тих, кого"
|
||||
" ви оплачуєте, а також портальні)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as "
|
||||
"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click "
|
||||
"on Archive."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"У вашому списку користувачів натисніть на користувача, якаого ви хочете "
|
||||
"деактивувати. Як тільки ви будете на формі користувача, натисніть на "
|
||||
"випадаюче меню дій та натисніть Архівувати."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63
|
||||
msgid "The user is now deactivated."
|
||||
msgstr "Користувача деактивовано."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65
|
||||
msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)"
|
||||
msgstr "**Ніколи** не деактивуйте головного користувача (**адміністратора**)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "Uninstalling Apps"
|
||||
msgstr "Видалення додатків"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate "
|
||||
"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*"
|
||||
" installing/uninstalling apps)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Перш ніж вносити зміни (особливо встановлення/видалення додатків), спочатку "
|
||||
"перевірте, що ви збираєтесь робити на :ref:`тестовій <duplicate_online>` "
|
||||
"базі даних. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able "
|
||||
"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to"
|
||||
" access the list of your installed applications."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"У своїй версії Odoo натисніть **Налаштування**, в цьому додатку ви зможете "
|
||||
"побачити, скільки програм було встановлено. Натисніть **Переглянути "
|
||||
"додатки**, щоб отримати доступ до списку встановлених програм."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79
|
||||
msgid "|browse_apps|"
|
||||
msgstr "|browse_apps|"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your "
|
||||
"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the "
|
||||
"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"На панелі приладів додатків ви побачите всі значки ваших модулів. Натисніть "
|
||||
"програму, яку ви хочете видалити. Потім, за формою додатку, натисніть кнопку"
|
||||
" **Видалити**."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. "
|
||||
"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what "
|
||||
"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its "
|
||||
"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will "
|
||||
"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then"
|
||||
" click **Confirm**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Деякі програми мають залежності, такі як виставлення рахунків, електронна "
|
||||
"комерція та інше. Таким чином, система попередить вас, що ви збираєтеся "
|
||||
"видалити. Якщо ви деінсталюєте вашу програму, всі її залежності буде також "
|
||||
"видалено (і дані в них назавжди зникнуть). Якщо ви впевнені, що все одно "
|
||||
"хочете видалити додаток, натисніть кнопку **Підтвердити**."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Нарешті, після перевірки попередження (якщо воно є), натисніть кнопку "
|
||||
"**Підтвердити**."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101
|
||||
msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application."
|
||||
msgstr "Ви завершили видалення вашого модуля."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104
|
||||
msgid "Good to know"
|
||||
msgstr "Варто знати"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can "
|
||||
"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to "
|
||||
"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant "
|
||||
"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we "
|
||||
"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of "
|
||||
"operations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Видалення додатків, керування користувачами тощо залежить від вас**: ніхто"
|
||||
" не знає краще за вас, чи ваш бізнес-процес зламаний. Якщо ми хотіли б "
|
||||
"деінсталювати додатки для вас, ми ніколи не зможемо визначити, чи були "
|
||||
"видалені релевантні дані або якщо один із ваших бізнес-процесів був "
|
||||
"зламаний, оскільки ми не знаємо, як ви працюєте, і тому не можемо перевірити"
|
||||
" такі операції."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install "
|
||||
"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you "
|
||||
"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to "
|
||||
"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not "
|
||||
"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature "
|
||||
"to work properly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Додатки Odoo мають залежності**: це означає, що вам може знадобитися "
|
||||
"встановити модулі, які ви не використовуєте, для доступу до деяких функцій "
|
||||
"Odoo, які вам можуть знадобитися. Наприклад, додаток Website Builder "
|
||||
"потрібен, аби показати своєму клієнту свої комерційні пропозиції на веб-"
|
||||
"сторінці. Незважаючи на те, чи вам може не знадобитися використання самого "
|
||||
"Веб-сайту, це необхідно, щоби функція комерційних пропозицій онлайн "
|
||||
"працювала належним чином."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial "
|
||||
"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This "
|
||||
"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**Завжди перевіряйте встановлення/видалення додатку на тестовій базі** (або "
|
||||
"на базі безкоштовної пробної версії): таким чином ви можете дізнатися, які "
|
||||
"інші програми можуть знадобитися. Це допоможе уникнути несподіванок при "
|
||||
"видаленні або при отриманні рахунків-фактур."
|
||||
@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-02-04 10:31+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Sign"
|
||||
msgstr "Підписати"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Загальний огляд"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Validity of electronic signatures"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the"
|
||||
" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should "
|
||||
"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "In the European Union"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ "
|
||||
"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states"
|
||||
" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-"
|
||||
"eu/countries_en>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "Electronic signatures"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Advanced electronic signatures"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Qualified electronic signatures"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these "
|
||||
"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states "
|
||||
"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and "
|
||||
"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it"
|
||||
" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for "
|
||||
"qualified electronic signatures.”"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as "
|
||||
"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "In the United States of America"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) "
|
||||
"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the "
|
||||
"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic "
|
||||
"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-"
|
||||
"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-"
|
||||
"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal "
|
||||
"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois "
|
||||
"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York "
|
||||
"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not "
|
||||
"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five "
|
||||
"criteria:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to "
|
||||
"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to "
|
||||
"opt-out of electronically signing a document."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business "
|
||||
"electronically."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the "
|
||||
"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as "
|
||||
"supporting evidence."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for "
|
||||
"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later "
|
||||
"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer "
|
||||
"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is "
|
||||
"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing "
|
||||
"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the "
|
||||
"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney "
|
||||
"to obtain legal advice."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@@ -1,569 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "SMS Marketing"
|
||||
msgstr "SMS-маркетинг"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Загальний огляд"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want"
|
||||
" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your "
|
||||
"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from "
|
||||
"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS "
|
||||
"distribution easier."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Contact lists"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* "
|
||||
"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in "
|
||||
"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription "
|
||||
"preferences)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "History with the Log Notes"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it"
|
||||
" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a "
|
||||
"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your "
|
||||
"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a "
|
||||
"customer has received or not."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "Blacklist"
|
||||
msgstr "Чорний список"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
|
||||
"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your "
|
||||
"database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> "
|
||||
"Import`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Integrations and Templates"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement "
|
||||
"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your "
|
||||
"costumers, for example."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Campaigns"
|
||||
msgstr "Кампанії"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and "
|
||||
"enable *Mailing Campaigns*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, "
|
||||
"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under "
|
||||
"campaigns."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you "
|
||||
"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in "
|
||||
"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It "
|
||||
"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for"
|
||||
" example."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the "
|
||||
"*SMS* icon next to the phone number."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the"
|
||||
" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select "
|
||||
"*Send SMS*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "Set up SMS templates"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
|
||||
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to "
|
||||
"the context."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63
|
||||
msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65
|
||||
msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67
|
||||
msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a "
|
||||
"document online."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently"
|
||||
" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you"
|
||||
" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not "
|
||||
"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this "
|
||||
"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Get started"
|
||||
msgstr "Розпочніть"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you"
|
||||
" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive "
|
||||
"your SMS."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option."
|
||||
" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in "
|
||||
"Belgium."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the "
|
||||
"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are "
|
||||
"allowed to select multiple ones."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically "
|
||||
"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, "
|
||||
"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of"
|
||||
" your sent links, access them and look at statistics."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "Send a mailing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it "
|
||||
"to be delivered:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. "
|
||||
"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific "
|
||||
"time."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient "
|
||||
"list is not excessive."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings "
|
||||
"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer "
|
||||
"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
|
||||
"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
|
||||
"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, "
|
||||
"you must remember to use a comma between them."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70
|
||||
msgid "Visualize reports"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different "
|
||||
"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on "
|
||||
"the *Information* icon."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
|
||||
"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: "
|
||||
":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Pricing and FAQ"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires "
|
||||
"prepaid credits* to work."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message,"
|
||||
" that includes the following characters:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in "
|
||||
"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above"
|
||||
" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the "
|
||||
"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The "
|
||||
"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message "
|
||||
"represents."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of "
|
||||
"characters) of the message."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https"
|
||||
"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in "
|
||||
"your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "How do I buy credits?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57
|
||||
msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
|
||||
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Якщо ви на Odoo Online (SAAS) і у вас версія Enterprise, для тестування "
|
||||
"функції ви користуєтесь безкоштовними пробними кредитами."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70
|
||||
msgid "More common questions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "No, credits do not expire."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because "
|
||||
"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83
|
||||
msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85
|
||||
msgid "Yes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88
|
||||
msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90
|
||||
msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to "
|
||||
"send them all?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent "
|
||||
"until you have enough credits to send them all."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99
|
||||
msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding "
|
||||
"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on "
|
||||
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107
|
||||
msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109
|
||||
msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I "
|
||||
"lose credits?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). "
|
||||
"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the "
|
||||
"credit will be lost."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a"
|
||||
" ticket for a festival)?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be "
|
||||
"charged."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125
|
||||
msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128
|
||||
msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132
|
||||
msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you "
|
||||
"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs "
|
||||
"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@@ -1,361 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Social Marketing"
|
||||
msgstr "Меркетинг соцмереж"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Загальний огляд"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your "
|
||||
"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your "
|
||||
"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental "
|
||||
"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your"
|
||||
" content."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The "
|
||||
"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a "
|
||||
"transaction (paid)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started"
|
||||
" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your "
|
||||
"content."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the "
|
||||
"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> "
|
||||
"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* "
|
||||
"application must be installed on your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*,"
|
||||
" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is "
|
||||
"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big "
|
||||
"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as "
|
||||
"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective "
|
||||
"interaction."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
msgstr "Налаштування"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` "
|
||||
"select the appropriate channel, and set it up."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action "
|
||||
"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, "
|
||||
"GeoIP must be installed on your server."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "Monitor your visitors"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your "
|
||||
":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a "
|
||||
"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has "
|
||||
"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received "
|
||||
"by the user once they move to a tracked page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and "
|
||||
"last date and time the user was connected."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or "
|
||||
"an existing partner."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your "
|
||||
"own website."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "Website’s tracked pages"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option "
|
||||
"*Track*, on the respective pages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them"
|
||||
" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a "
|
||||
"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your "
|
||||
"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully "
|
||||
"execute your online strategy, from posts to results."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Add accounts and create your feed"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your "
|
||||
"accounts."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is"
|
||||
" automatically added."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and"
|
||||
" customize your Kanban view."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get "
|
||||
"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on "
|
||||
"*Insights*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Link a LinkedIn account"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the "
|
||||
"creation of content."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51
|
||||
msgid "Publish content"
|
||||
msgstr "Опублікувати вміст"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60
|
||||
msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61
|
||||
msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64
|
||||
msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, "
|
||||
"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, "
|
||||
"and click on an existing one to edit it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`./livechat`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Use Web Push Notifications"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the "
|
||||
"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They "
|
||||
"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, "
|
||||
"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, "
|
||||
"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Ask users for permission"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration"
|
||||
" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the "
|
||||
"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Send notifications"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Individually"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "To a group"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* "
|
||||
"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting "
|
||||
"archived."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "By rules"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web "
|
||||
"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records "
|
||||
"that match the rules you set."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63
|
||||
msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@@ -1,939 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Studio"
|
||||
msgstr "Студія"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Concepts"
|
||||
msgstr "Поняття"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Understanding Automated Actions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions "
|
||||
"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a "
|
||||
"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if "
|
||||
"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from "
|
||||
"changing stage if a field is not filled in."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and "
|
||||
"*how* to create one:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on "
|
||||
"which the action is applied."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to "
|
||||
"happen:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created"
|
||||
" once saved for the first time."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once "
|
||||
"the record is saved."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record "
|
||||
"once the form is saved."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* "
|
||||
"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the "
|
||||
"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python "
|
||||
"Code* action type."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set "
|
||||
"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the "
|
||||
"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the "
|
||||
"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time "
|
||||
"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied "
|
||||
"before the record is updated."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing"
|
||||
" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and"
|
||||
" not executed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be "
|
||||
"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the "
|
||||
"variables that can be used is available."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server "
|
||||
"actions."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email "
|
||||
"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51
|
||||
msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, "
|
||||
"*Reminder*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS "
|
||||
"<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Example"
|
||||
msgstr "Приклад"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the "
|
||||
"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, "
|
||||
"goes through:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65
|
||||
msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched "
|
||||
"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the"
|
||||
" example: *email is not set*)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the "
|
||||
"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73
|
||||
msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Understanding General Concepts"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt "
|
||||
"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge."
|
||||
" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to"
|
||||
" get into the XML code."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using "
|
||||
"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the "
|
||||
"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution "
|
||||
"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or "
|
||||
"without programming skills."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Getting started"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* "
|
||||
"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on "
|
||||
"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications,"
|
||||
" or by creating an entirely new *model*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "What is a Module?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business "
|
||||
"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web "
|
||||
"data. An application is a collection of modules."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the "
|
||||
"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, "
|
||||
"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a "
|
||||
"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first "
|
||||
"step."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally"
|
||||
" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. "
|
||||
"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with "
|
||||
"other tables."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "What are Fields?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is "
|
||||
"registered."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model "
|
||||
"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, "
|
||||
"etc."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and "
|
||||
"*relational fields*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational "
|
||||
"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for "
|
||||
"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational "
|
||||
"field to link each Property to its Customer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Relational Fields in detail"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with "
|
||||
"the data of another model."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* "
|
||||
"records from a table."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also "
|
||||
"contain multiple fields of information."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from"
|
||||
" a table."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only "
|
||||
"belong to one category."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a "
|
||||
"table."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75
|
||||
msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78
|
||||
msgid "What are Views?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which "
|
||||
"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they "
|
||||
"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them "
|
||||
"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, "
|
||||
"*kanban*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85
|
||||
msgid "What is a Menu?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create "
|
||||
"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95
|
||||
msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "How To"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Export and Import Modules"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your "
|
||||
"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, "
|
||||
"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is "
|
||||
"*customizations.zip*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as "
|
||||
"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the"
|
||||
" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on"
|
||||
" *Import*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be"
|
||||
" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying "
|
||||
"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the "
|
||||
"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the "
|
||||
"destination database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes "
|
||||
"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the "
|
||||
"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, "
|
||||
"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow "
|
||||
"Man* effect can be applied."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "By default, the feature is active:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "when users empty their inboxes;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "when the user finishes a tour;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Customizing Reports"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup "
|
||||
"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage"
|
||||
" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements "
|
||||
"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. "
|
||||
"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, "
|
||||
"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like "
|
||||
"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone,"
|
||||
" email address, etc.)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the "
|
||||
"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are "
|
||||
"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many "
|
||||
"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*,"
|
||||
" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The"
|
||||
" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its "
|
||||
"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related "
|
||||
"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to "
|
||||
"fields."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility "
|
||||
"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding "
|
||||
"having a plain icon when they are not set."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups "
|
||||
"<../../general/odoo_basics/add_user>` can have access to specific elements "
|
||||
"in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the "
|
||||
"visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging "
|
||||
"to other groups do not see the same final document."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if "
|
||||
"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective "
|
||||
"document form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode "
|
||||
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* "
|
||||
"under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become "
|
||||
"visible."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap "
|
||||
"classes such as *text-danger*)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document "
|
||||
"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment "
|
||||
"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. "
|
||||
"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not "
|
||||
"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created."
|
||||
" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not "
|
||||
"change, such as Invoices."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you"
|
||||
" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Use Cases"
|
||||
msgstr "Використовувати досвід"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should"
|
||||
" be automatically applied.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "*Active*: On"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another "
|
||||
"automated action example."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it"
|
||||
" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group "
|
||||
"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling"
|
||||
" *Use by default* and *Save*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable "
|
||||
"*Default Filter*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life "
|
||||
"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, "
|
||||
"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. "
|
||||
"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a "
|
||||
"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the "
|
||||
"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As "
|
||||
"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), "
|
||||
"stages are shown in the Kanban view."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to "
|
||||
"go back to *Form View*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set "
|
||||
"its cost to 0€.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create an :doc:`automated action "
|
||||
"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "*Model*: Product Template"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "*Trigger*: On Update"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51
|
||||
msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52
|
||||
msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54
|
||||
msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show"
|
||||
" a field 'Pay by check?'**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*"
|
||||
" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France "
|
||||
"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully "
|
||||
"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:"
|
||||
" company, value, name, address, active, image.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit "
|
||||
"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now,"
|
||||
" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to"
|
||||
" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to "
|
||||
"see the properties for each region.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add"
|
||||
" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a "
|
||||
"relation to your model *Region*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet"
|
||||
" in the view."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status "
|
||||
"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of"
|
||||
" records on the related model, and allow you to access them."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by "
|
||||
"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as "
|
||||
"checkboxes instead of tags.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its "
|
||||
"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the "
|
||||
"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, "
|
||||
"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under"
|
||||
" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process "
|
||||
"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96
|
||||
msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their "
|
||||
"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the "
|
||||
"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is "
|
||||
"not = > Tags.*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called "
|
||||
"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales"
|
||||
" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed"
|
||||
" amount is higher than 500€.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* "
|
||||
"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and "
|
||||
"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117
|
||||
msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` "
|
||||
"and open Studio."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write"
|
||||
" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the "
|
||||
"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here "
|
||||
"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would "
|
||||
"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* "
|
||||
"option under *Properties*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List "
|
||||
"View.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* "
|
||||
"option as the default one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without "
|
||||
"having to switch to the form view.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on"
|
||||
" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in"
|
||||
" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown "
|
||||
"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@@ -1,496 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Support"
|
||||
msgstr "Підтримка"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Supported versions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of "
|
||||
"Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes "
|
||||
"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not "
|
||||
"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Odoo Online"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Odoo.sh"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "On-Premise"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Release date"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "**Odoo 14.0**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "|green|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "October 2020"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "N/A"
|
||||
msgstr "Дані відсутні"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "August 2019"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "**Odoo 13.0**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "October 2019"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "**Odoo 12.0**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "October 2018"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "|orange|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "April 2018"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "**Odoo 11.0**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "|red|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "October 2017"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "March 2017"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "January 2017"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "**Odoo 10.0**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "October 2016"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "May 2016"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "**Odoo 9.0**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "October 2015"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
|
||||
msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
|
||||
msgid "February 2015"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "**Odoo 8.0**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "September 2014"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:59
|
||||
msgid "|green| Supported version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:61
|
||||
msgid "|red| End-of-support"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:63
|
||||
msgid "N/A Never released for this platform"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo "
|
||||
"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to "
|
||||
"upgrade."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:67
|
||||
msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "What can I expect from the support service?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "5 days a week"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra "
|
||||
"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure "
|
||||
"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could"
|
||||
" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ваша підписка на Odoo Online включає **необмежену підтримку 24 години на "
|
||||
"добу без додаткових витрат з понеділка по п'ятницю**. Наші команди "
|
||||
"розташовані по всьому світу, щоби забезпечити підтримку, незалежно від "
|
||||
"вашого місцезнаходження. Ваш представник підтримки може зв'язатися з вами із"
|
||||
" Сан-Франциско, Бельгії або Індії!"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"З нашою командою підтримки можна зв'язатися з нашою формою онлайн-підтримки "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "What kind of support is included?"
|
||||
msgstr "Що включено у підтримку?"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, "
|
||||
"etc...)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Надання вам відповідного матеріалу (інструкція, документація продукту "
|
||||
"тощо...)"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg."
|
||||
" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Відповіді на проблеми, які можуть виникнути у вашій стандартній базі даних "
|
||||
"Odoo (наприклад, \"Я не можу закрити свою точку продажу\" або \"Я не можу "
|
||||
"знайти мої KPI продажів?\")"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Питання, пов'язані з вашим обліковим записом, передплатою або платіжною "
|
||||
"системою"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to "
|
||||
"misconfiguration or customization)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Розв'язання помилок (проблеми з блокуванням або несподівана поведінка через "
|
||||
"неправильне налаштування)"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer "
|
||||
"version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Проблеми, які можуть виникнути в тестовій базі даних після оновлення до "
|
||||
"нової версії"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your"
|
||||
" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "What kind of support is not included?"
|
||||
msgstr "Що не входить у підтримку?"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to "
|
||||
"help you implement your database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Питання, які вимагають від нас розуміння ваших бізнес-процесів, щоб "
|
||||
"допомогти вам впровадити вашу базу даних"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many "
|
||||
"resources)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Навчання щодо використання нашого програмного забезпечення (ми направляємо "
|
||||
"вас на наші ресурси)"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Import of documents into your database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the "
|
||||
"database"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Посібник, за яким слід застосовувати налаштування всередині програми або "
|
||||
"бази даних"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, "
|
||||
"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Як налаштувати моделі конфігурації (приклади включають: складські маршрути, "
|
||||
"умови оплати, склади тощо)"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, "
|
||||
"etc)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done "
|
||||
"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or "
|
||||
"involving code)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Питання чи проблеми, пов'язані з конкретними розробками або налаштуваннями, "
|
||||
"зробленими Odoo або третьою стороною (це стосується лише вашої бази даних "
|
||||
"або включеного коду)"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com"
|
||||
"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way"
|
||||
" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo "
|
||||
"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use "
|
||||
"Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ви можете отримати такий тип підтримки за допомогою `Пакету послуг "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__. Один із наших консультантів з таким"
|
||||
" пакетом проаналізує, як працює ваш бізнес, і розповість вам, як ви можете "
|
||||
"максимально використати свою базу даних Odoo. Ми будемо обробляти всі "
|
||||
"налаштування та навчати вас, як користуватися Odoo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Where to find help?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Odoo Enterprise"
|
||||
msgstr "Платна версія Odoo"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our "
|
||||
"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no "
|
||||
"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own "
|
||||
"server)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "Please include in your request:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "your subscription number"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or "
|
||||
"Odoo.sh)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Odoo Community"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Ask your question on the `community forum "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`Buy Odoo Enterprise "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the"
|
||||
" support and bugfix services."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@@ -1,240 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Survey"
|
||||
msgstr "Опитування"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Загальний огляд"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Get Started with Surveys"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting "
|
||||
"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased "
|
||||
"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy"
|
||||
" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your "
|
||||
"market is thinking."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Get started"
|
||||
msgstr "Розпочніть"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* "
|
||||
"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as "
|
||||
"different applications might use it for different purposes such as "
|
||||
"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Questions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and "
|
||||
"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and "
|
||||
"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey "
|
||||
"without answering the respective question."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and "
|
||||
"different possibilities. Examples:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length "
|
||||
"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or"
|
||||
" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the"
|
||||
" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately "
|
||||
"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, "
|
||||
"with which a text type field is displayed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per "
|
||||
"row."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Description"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's "
|
||||
"homepage."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Tab: Options"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing "
|
||||
"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* "
|
||||
"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:67
|
||||
msgid "Test and share the survey"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential "
|
||||
"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the "
|
||||
"details of the respondent and his answers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of "
|
||||
"entries clean with only real participants."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:79
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:87
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`scoring`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:88 ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`time_random`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Scoring Surveys"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall"
|
||||
" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The "
|
||||
"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab "
|
||||
"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring "
|
||||
"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right "
|
||||
"answer and score."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully "
|
||||
"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The "
|
||||
"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully "
|
||||
"finish it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to "
|
||||
"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors "
|
||||
"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted "
|
||||
"badges."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Time and Randomize Questions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Time Limit"
|
||||
msgstr "Ліміт часу"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain "
|
||||
"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same "
|
||||
"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them"
|
||||
" looking at external resources."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining "
|
||||
"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers"
|
||||
" saved."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Selection"
|
||||
msgstr "Вибір"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a"
|
||||
" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful"
|
||||
" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, "
|
||||
"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section "
|
||||
"should be taken into account during the shuffling."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
|
||||
# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Language: uk\n"
|
||||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../timesheets.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Timesheets"
|
||||
msgstr "Табелі"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../timesheets/overview.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Overview"
|
||||
msgstr "Загальний огляд"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This "
|
||||
"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it "
|
||||
"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have "
|
||||
"not been timesheeted by the employee."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, "
|
||||
"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if "
|
||||
"you like."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select"
|
||||
" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be "
|
||||
"validated or not."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been "
|
||||
"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is "
|
||||
"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and "
|
||||
"task."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to "
|
||||
"15th."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is "
|
||||
"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the "
|
||||
"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating "
|
||||
"does it so."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access "
|
||||
"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the "
|
||||
"project/task."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Reference in New Issue
Block a user